{"title":"Ergotron Monitor Mounts","description":"\u003cp data-pm-slice='1 1 [\"contentOptimizer\",{\"suggestionId\":\"2d1541e7-fd9b-4605-9f19-2fc2fed2dc42-content\",\"state\":\"written\"}]'\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Ergotron | Monitor Mounts, Computer Cart, Sit to Stand Desks | SourceIT\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/ERGOTRON_COLLECTION_82c753a2-c948-44ae-bf62-7a23749e37e8.jpg?v=1656814676\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-pm-slice='1 1 [\"contentOptimizer\",{\"suggestionId\":\"2d1541e7-fd9b-4605-9f19-2fc2fed2dc42-content\",\"state\":\"written\"}]'\u003eEnhance your \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/sourceit.com.sg\/collections\/google-workspace-business-apps-and-collaboration-tools\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eworkspace\u003c\/a\u003e with the essential ergonomics and mobility of Ergotron’s monitor mounts, ergonomic tilt stands, computer carts, and sit-to-stand desks. These solutions cater to a dynamic range of work styles and preferences, promoting healthier, more productive environments. Discover how you can apply \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/sourceit.com.sg\/collections\/ergotron\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003eErgotron\u003c\/a\u003e monitor mounts computer cart sit to stand desks innovations in your workspace throughout this article.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt SourceIT we are honored to be an \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/zh-sg\/support\/where-to-buy\" title=\"Ergotron Reseller Singapore | SourceIT\"\u003eAuthorized Ergotron Reseller.\u003c\/a\u003e  Why? The reason simply being they are the best ! Ergotron create a variety of high-quality, expertly crafted, and rigorously tested ergonomic products to increase the productivity, enjoyability, comfort, and health of your workspace. From very efficient \u003ca title=\"Ergotron Monitor Mounts | SourceIT\" href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/zh-sg\/products\/mounts\"\u003eMonitor Arms\u003c\/a\u003e to \u003ca title=\"Ergotron Desk Converters | SourceIT\" href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/zh-sg\/products\/stand-up-desks\/desk-conversions\"\u003eSit Stand Converters\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca title=\"Ergotron Standing Desks | SourceIT\" href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/zh-sg\/products\/stand-up-desks\"\u003eSit Stand Workstations\u003c\/a\u003e, their quality shines through allowing you to create a very personalized, inspiring working space that is right for you. \u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085","title":"Ergotron WorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation Black (33-406-085) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Largest Worksurface in the WorkFit-T Family\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron WorkFit-TL gives you a 37.5″ x 23″ (95 x 58.6 cm) worksurface and a 27.5″ x 11″ (69 x 28 cm) keyboard tray — the larger of the two surfaces in the WorkFit-T range. That is room for two monitors, or a monitor and a laptop, with paperwork still on the desk beside them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 Inches of Constant Force Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA counterbalancing mechanism using Ergotron’s Constant Force technology gives 15″ (38 cm) of quick height adjustment. The surface rises and lowers with a light squeeze and holds where you leave it, so switching between sitting and standing takes seconds rather than becoming something you stop bothering with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo Mounting, No Clamping, No Assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-TL sits directly on top of any surface 24″ (61 cm) deep or larger — nothing to clamp, drill or grommet. It ships fully assembled with no tool adjustments needed, which makes it straightforward to roll out across a Singapore office floor without facilities involvement or landlord permission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e40 lbs of Capacity for a Real Two-Screen Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 10–40 lbs (4.5–18 kg) capacity carries one or two monitors, or a monitor and a laptop, set directly onto the worksurface. Optional WorkFit monitor kits are available separately where you would rather lift the screens off the surface. Ergotron tests and guarantees the WorkFit-TL with a five-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TL Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-406-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCategory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSit-stand desktop workstation \/ standing desk converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Placement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSits on top of most surfaces 24″ (61 cm) deep or larger; no mounting or clamping required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCounterbalancing mechanism using Constant Force™ technology (patent pending)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–40 lbs (4.5–18 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5″ W x 23″ D (95 x 58.6 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5″ W x 11″ D (69 x 28 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray Position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5″ (11.4 cm) below the worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne or two monitors, or a monitor and a laptop, set directly onto the worksurface; optional monitor kits sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15″ (38 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick height adjustment via counterbalanced Constant Force mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign, Assembly \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled — no tool adjustments needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42″ x 33.5″ x 8.25″ (107 x 85 x 21 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 lbs (28.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-TL \u003cstrong\u003esits on top of your existing desk\u003c\/strong\u003e — there is no clamp, grommet or wall fixing, so desk thickness does not matter. What does matter is depth: Ergotron specifies a surface of \u003cstrong\u003e24 inches (61 cm) deep or larger\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure your desk depth before ordering; a shallow reception counter or a narrow bench will not carry it stably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal capacity is \u003cstrong\u003e10–40 lbs (4.5–18 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for \u003cstrong\u003eone or two monitors, or a monitor and a laptop\u003c\/strong\u003e, set directly onto the worksurface. Because the screens sit on the surface rather than on a VESA mount, monitor size is limited by the 37.5″ x 23″ worksurface and the weight budget rather than by a VESA pattern. Ultrawide and curved panels are fine so long as their stand footprint fits the surface and total weight stays inside 40 lbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere you would rather lift the screens off the worksurface, Ergotron offers separate WorkFit monitor kits — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-ld-monitor-kit-black-97-935-085\"\u003eSingle LD (97-935-085)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003eSingle HD (97-936-085)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003eDual Monitor (97-934-085)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-black-97-933-085\"\u003eLCD \u0026amp; Laptop (97-933-085)\u003c\/a\u003e kits — plus the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-arm-grommet-mount-98-017\"\u003eLX Arm Grommet Mount (98-017)\u003c\/a\u003e for fitting an LX arm to the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e the WorkFit-TL ships fully assembled — worksurface, keyboard tray and counterbalanced lift, with no tool adjustments needed. Ergotron does not publish a separate itemised box-contents list for this part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkFit-T Family\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-406-085 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003e33-467-921\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop (grey woodgrain)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-z-mini-sit-stand-33-458-917\"\u003e33-458-917\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkFit Monitor Kits \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Single LD Monitor Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-ld-monitor-kit-black-97-935-085\"\u003e97-935-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Single HD Monitor Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003e97-936-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003e97-934-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-black-97-933-085\"\u003e97-933-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Arm Grommet Mount for WorkFit-T\/TL\/TLE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-arm-grommet-mount-98-017\"\u003e98-017\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-406\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TL product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-workfit-t-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-T \u0026amp; WorkFit-TL datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-97-374-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Monitor Kit installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit-TL\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it actually give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 inches (38 cm), using a counterbalancing mechanism built on Ergotron’s Constant Force technology — light to move and it holds position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size desk do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA surface at least 24 inches (61 cm) deep. It sits right on top — there is no clamping or mounting, so desk thickness is not a factor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold two monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron specifies one or two monitors, or a monitor and a laptop, set directly onto the worksurface, within a total capacity of 10–40 lbs (4.5–18 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need assembling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — it ships fully assembled with no tool adjustments needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the TL different from the standard WorkFit-T?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe TL has the larger surfaces: a 37.5″ x 23″ worksurface and a 27.5″ x 11″ keyboard tray, with a 40 lbs capacity, against the WorkFit-T’s 35″ x 23″ surface, 24.75″ x 9.25″ tray and 35 lbs capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I consider the WorkFit-TX instead?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003eWorkFit-TX (33-467-921)\u003c\/a\u003e has a deeper 32″ x 27″ worksurface, 17″ of worksurface lift plus 3″ of independent keyboard adjustment, and folds closer to the desk when down. The TL gives you the widest worksurface and the largest tray footprint in the T family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit-TL sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit-TL with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TL Sit Stand Desktop: In Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/66og2eNkQYc\" title=\"Ergotron WorkFit-TL Sit Stand Desktop: In Motion\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TL: Syncs with Your Office Life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/p8jUacf7XZo\" title=\"Ergotron WorkFit-TL: Syncs with Your Office Life\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurn the Office Up with a WorkFit™ Standing Desk\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/d_Rtlbj0Vr4\" title=\"Turn the Office Up with a WorkFit™ Standing Desk\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSimplify Standing With Ergotron WorkFit-TL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/uxiuMuiFcMc\" title=\"Simplify Standing With Ergotron WorkFit-TL\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846417621156,"sku":"33-406-085","price":950.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/698833050769.main-orig.jpg?v=1790251094"},{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-z-mini-sit-stand-33-458-917","title":"Ergotron WorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop Grey Woodgrain","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop Grey Woodgrain (33-458-917) - 2 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Standing Desk Converter Sized for a Real Desk\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron WorkFit-Z Mini is built for the desks people actually have. Its 31″ x 15.8″ (78.7 x 40.2 cm) worksurface and 24.5″ x 8.5″ (62 x 22 cm) keyboard tray suit a laptop or a single monitor without swallowing the whole desktop — a practical fit for compact Singapore home offices and hot-desk setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInfinite, Click-Free Height Adjustment up to 12.5 Inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Z Mini adjusts infinitely up to 12.5″ (32 cm), with no notches or clicks to settle into. You stop it exactly where your posture is right rather than at the nearest preset, which is what makes people keep using a sit-stand converter beyond the first fortnight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGrey Woodgrain That Looks Like Furniture, Not Hardware\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA soft, dove grey woodgrain worksurface on a black frame sits comfortably in a living room, a study or a meeting room — the sort of finish that does not have to be hidden away. The cable-free worksurface keeps the top clean-looking in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet Up in Minutes, Nothing to Assemble\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron designed the Z Mini for a no-fuss installation experience with no tools needed. Total capacity is 25 lbs (11.4 kg), sized for single monitors or notebooks, and the unit itself weighs 32 lbs (14.5 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-Z Mini Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-458-917\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDove grey woodgrain surface, black frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCategory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSit-stand desktop workstation \/ standing desk converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIdeal for single monitors or notebooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 25 lbs (11.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31″ x 15.8″ (78.7 x 40.2 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.5″ x 8.5″ (62 x 22 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfinite, click-free adjustments up to 12.5″ (32 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign, Assembly \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy set-up, no-fuss installation — no tools needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable-free worksurface with comfortable keyboard tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 lbs (14.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34″ x 27″ x 8″ (86.4 x 68.6 x 20.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42.3 lbs (19.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-Z Mini is specified by Ergotron as \u003cstrong\u003eideal for single monitors or notebooks\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a total capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e25 lbs (11.4 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a desktop converter, so the display sits on the \u003cstrong\u003e31″ x 15.8″ (78.7 x 40.2 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e worksurface on its own stand rather than on a VESA mount — the limits that matter are the surface footprint and the weight budget, not a VESA pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the depth figure carefully against your monitor stand: at \u003cstrong\u003e15.8 inches (40.2 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e deep, the Z Mini is the compact member of the WorkFit family, and a large monitor with a deep base or a curved ultrawide may overhang. Where you need more room, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e offers a 37.5″ x 23″ worksurface and 40 lbs capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe keyboard tray is \u003cstrong\u003e24.5″ x 8.5″ (62 x 22 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — comfortable for a standard keyboard and mouse. Ergotron does not publish a minimum desk depth, a clamping requirement or a VESA specification for this model, and does not claim Constant Force technology for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e WorkFit-Z Mini worksurface, keyboard tray and lift, designed for no-fuss set-up with no tools needed. Ergotron does not publish a separate itemised box-contents list for this part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkFit Sit-Stand Converters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop (grey woodgrain)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-458-917 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003e33-406-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003e33-467-921\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Ergotron Laptop \u0026amp; Desktop Ergonomics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Notebook Lift Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-interface-bracket-kit-60-587-207\"\u003e33-334-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-underdesk-keyboard-arm-97-582-009\"\u003e97-582-009\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-458\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-Z Mini product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-workfit-z-mini-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-Z Mini datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit-Z Mini\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does it go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt adjusts infinitely — with no clicks or notches — up to 12.5 inches (32 cm), so you can stop it exactly where your posture is comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can it carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 25 lbs (11.4 kg) in total. Ergotron specifies it as ideal for single monitors or notebooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the worksurface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe worksurface is 31″ x 15.8″ (78.7 x 40.2 cm) and the keyboard tray is 24.5″ x 8.5″ (62 x 22 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA soft dove grey woodgrain surface on a black frame — part number 33-458-917.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there much to assemble?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron designed it for an easy, no-fuss set-up with no tools needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it big enough for two monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron specifies it for single monitors or notebooks. For a two-screen setup, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e, which takes one or two monitors on a 37.5″ x 23″ worksurface with 40 lbs of capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit-Z Mini sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit-Z Mini with a 2-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desk Converter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ppGRYWBcMlA\" title=\"Ergotron WorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desk Converter\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHealthy Working from Home\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/3BekCdRtu-g\" title=\"Healthy Working from Home\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTurn the Office Up with a WorkFit™ Standing Desk\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/d_Rtlbj0Vr4\" title=\"Turn the Office Up with a WorkFit™ Standing Desk\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep Your Energy Fresh with WorkFit-Z Mini\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ULkOkTdIrwk\" title=\"Keep Your Energy Fresh with WorkFit-Z Mini\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846431744164,"sku":"33-458-917","price":545.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/33-458-917-wfzmini-wf1-orig.jpg?v=1790251137"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex-underdesk-keyboard-arm-97-582-009","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex® Adjustable Under Desk Keyboard Arm","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex® Adjustable Under Desk Keyboard Arm (97-582-009) - 3 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBring the Keyboard Down to a Neutral Typing Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost desks are built at a height that suits writing, not typing — which is why so many people work with their shoulders raised and their wrists bent up. The Ergotron Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm mounts below the worksurface and gives 6 inches (15.2 cm) of height adjustment plus 15° of tilt, so the keyboard can sit where the forearms actually are.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Full-Width 26.9″ Tray for Keyboard and Mouse Together\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece phenolic tray measures 26.9″ x 8.9″ (68.3 x 22.6 cm) — wide enough for a full-size keyboard with a numeric pad and the mouse alongside it, rather than forcing the mouse up onto the desk where it pulls the shoulder out of position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSlides Away When You Need the Desk Back\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 10.75″ (27.3 cm) track lets the tray glide out for typing and tuck back under the worksurface when the desk is needed for paperwork, a signature or a meeting. In smaller Singapore offices and shared hot-desks that recovered surface area is often the point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Mechanism, Clamp or Screw Fixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm and slide mechanism are steel with a phenolic tray, and it fits worksurfaces 0.75–1.5 inches (19–38 mm) thick. Fit it with the front clamp and a single screw, or remove the clamp and fix with four screws where a permanent installation is wanted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex® Underdesk Keyboard Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-582-009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnder-desk; front clamp with single screw, or four screws with clamp removed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported Worksurface Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.75–1.5″ (19–38 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 lbs (1.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.9″ (68.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.9″ (22.6 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle large one-piece surface for larger keyboards and mouse equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight \/ Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6″ (15.2 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrack \/ Extension Travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.75″ (27.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray stores under the worksurface when not in use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel arm and slide mechanism; phenolic tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.2 lbs (4.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.2″ x 11″ x 12.75″ (87 x 28 x 32 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14.4 lbs (6.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm fits worksurfaces \u003cstrong\u003e0.75–1.5 inches (19–38 mm) thick\u003c\/strong\u003e — the range that covers most commercial desks and laminate worktops. Measure the desk edge before ordering; thicker solid-timber tops fall outside this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt mounts either with the \u003cstrong\u003efront clamp and a single screw\u003c\/strong\u003e, or with \u003cstrong\u003efour screws and the clamp removed\u003c\/strong\u003e for a permanent fitting. Ergotron’s own caution applies: mounting-surface materials vary widely, so confirm the underside of your desk is strong enough to carry the arm and the equipment on it. Some configurations call out less than 1\/2″ (12.8 mm) of clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e26.9″ x 8.9″ (68.3 x 22.6 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece tray takes a full-size keyboard and a mouse together, up to a \u003cstrong\u003e3 lbs (1.4 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e load. Ergotron does not specify a separate mouse tray or a wrist rest for this model. For a wall-mounted keyboard instead of an under-desk one, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-keyboard-wall-mount-45-403-062\"\u003eNeo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount (45-403-062)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e arm, one-piece tray, desk clamp, slide mechanism and mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeo-Flex Keyboard Range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e97-582-009 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-keyboard-wall-mount-45-403-062\"\u003e45-403-062\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Neo-Flex Ergonomic Products\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Notebook Lift Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-interface-bracket-kit-60-587-207\"\u003e33-334-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual LCD Monitor Lift Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-lcd-monitor-lift-stand-33-396-085\"\u003e33-396-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Touchscreen Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-touchscreen-stand-33-387-085\"\u003e33-387-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/97-582\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-107-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-udka-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Underdesk Keyboard Arm dimensional drawing (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-97-173-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Underdesk Keyboard Arm installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick can my desk be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe arm fits worksurfaces from 0.75 to 1.5 inches (19–38 mm) thick. Measure the desk edge before ordering — thicker solid tops fall outside the supported range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill a full-size keyboard and a mouse both fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The one-piece tray is 26.9″ x 8.9″ (68.3 x 22.6 cm), sized for larger keyboards with the mouse on the same surface. The tray load limit is 3 lbs (1.4 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does it adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e6 inches (15.2 cm) of height adjustment and 15° of tilt, with a 10.75″ (27.3 cm) track so the tray slides out for use and back under the desk afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it need to be screwed in permanently?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot necessarily. It fits with the front clamp and a single screw, or you can remove the clamp and fix it with four screws for a permanent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a wrist rest or separate mouse tray included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron does not specify a wrist rest or a separate mouse platform for this model. The box contains the arm, one-piece tray, desk clamp, slide mechanism and mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I choose this or the Keyboard Wall Mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose this arm when you have a desk and want the keyboard below its surface. Choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-keyboard-wall-mount-45-403-062\"\u003eNeo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount (45-403-062)\u003c\/a\u003e when there is no desk at all — a patient room, a counter or an industrial kiosk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm with a 3-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846433317028,"sku":"97-582-009","price":260.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/97-582-009-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251221"},{"product_id":"ergotron-100-series-double-pivot-47-093-800","title":"Ergotron 100 Series Double Pivot Single Monitor Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron 100 Series Double Pivot Single Monitor Mount (47-093-800) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum-Profile Wall Pivot for a Single Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron 100 Series Double Pivot mounts a single display to the wall with less than 6″ (15.2 cm) separating wall and monitor. That tight profile is the whole point of the 100 Series: it puts a screen exactly where it is needed in reception areas, clinical rooms, meeting rooms, kiosks and equipment bays without an arm projecting into the walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Pivots: 180° Tilt Plus 180° Pan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe double pivot adds side-to-side pan that the single-pivot version does not have. With 180° of tilt and 180° of pan, the screen can be angled down toward a seated viewer and swung left or right toward whoever is reading it — useful at a clinician workstation or any point where the same display serves people standing on either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e360° Rotation for Portrait or Landscape\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA full 360° of rotation lets the display be set to portrait for forms, patient records, digital signage or long documents, and returned to landscape without unbolting anything. Combined with the low profile, this makes the 100 Series a practical fixture for spaces that change roles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSteel Construction Rated to 23 lbs (10.4 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the 100 Series Double Pivot for displays up to 23 lbs (10.4 kg) — note this is lower than the 25 lbs (11.3 kg) single-pivot model, because the second joint changes the load geometry. Internal steel construction under black and grey plastic covers keeps the assembly rigid in high-traffic Singapore environments where a wall-mounted screen is handled many times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron 100 Series Double Pivot Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-093-800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 Series Double Pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne (1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with black and grey plastic covers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount — low profile, less than 6″ (15.2 cm) between wall and monitor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 23 lbs (10.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 27″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D (75 x 75 mm – 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 6″ (15.2 cm) separates wall and monitor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack and grey plastic covers supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 100 Series Double Pivot uses \u003cstrong\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/strong\u003e, covering 75 x 75 mm through 100 x 100 mm hole patterns. Long screws with spacers are supplied for displays with a recessed VESA interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScreen fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e displays up to 27″ weighing no more than 23 lbs (10.4 kg). Confirm your panel’s weight without its factory stand — many 27″ monitors clear this comfortably, but heavier professional and touch panels do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e this is a wall-mount pivot. It is supplied with a desk clamp, grommet mount and the screws for LCD attachment, so it can also be used on a worksurface where a fixed low-profile position is wanted. On plasterboard, always mount into a stud or use an appropriate structural fixing; Ergotron also offers a steel stud wall mounting kit for stud-frame walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e an ultrawide on a single low-profile pivot puts significant leverage on the wall plate and usually exceeds the weight rating — use an articulating LX or HX wall arm instead. Curved panels up to 27″ and within the weight limit mount normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle vs double pivot:\u003c\/strong\u003e the single-pivot 100 Series (47-092-800) is rated slightly higher at 25 lbs (11.3 kg) but offers tilt and rotation only. Choose the double pivot when you need pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; 100 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100 Series Double Pivot arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesk clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrommet mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScrews for LCD attachment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong screws with spacers for LCDs with a recessed interface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack and grey plastic covers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Series monitor mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e100 Series Double Pivot (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e47-093-800 — ≤ 23 lbs (10.4 kg), tilt 180°, pan 180°, rotation 360°\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 Series Single Pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-092-800 — ≤ 25 lbs (11.3 kg), tilt 180°, rotation 360° (no pan)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated Ergotron wall \u0026amp; desk mounts at SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-100-series-double-pivot-47-093-800\"\u003e100 Series Double Pivot Single Monitor Mount\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-093-800 — low-profile wall pivot, ≤ 23 lbs (10.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-400-series-wall-monitor-arm-grey-45-007-099\"\u003e400 Series Wall Monitor Arm, Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-007-099 — 24″ (61 cm) of vertical travel for sit-stand wall use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/47-093\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — 100 Series Tilting Pivot Monitor Wall Mount (47-093)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-026-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron 100 Series Monitor Mounts datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-47-019-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 100 Series Flat Panel Monitor Pivots installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-026-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 100 Series dimensional drawings (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron 100 Series Double Pivot\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the actual weight limit of the 100 Series Double Pivot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates it at ≤ 23 lbs (10.4 kg). The single-pivot 100 Series (47-092-800) is rated slightly higher at ≤ 25 lbs (11.3 kg) — the extra joint on the double pivot changes the load geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big a monitor can I mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 27″, provided the panel weighs 23 lbs (10.4 kg) or less without its factory stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between single pivot and double pivot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe double pivot adds 180° of pan (left\/right swing). Both offer 180° tilt and 360° rotation. Choose the double pivot when the screen has to be angled toward people standing in different positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does the monitor sit from the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLess than 6″ (15.2 cm) separates wall and monitor — this is a minimum-profile mount, not an extending arm. If you need the screen to reach out into the room, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-monitor-arm-1-extension45-233-200\"\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 1 Extension (45-233-200)\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-400-series-wall-monitor-arm-grey-45-007-099\"\u003e400 Series Wall Monitor Arm (45-007-099)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount it on a desk instead of a wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — a desk clamp and grommet mount are supplied in the box alongside the wall hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it support portrait orientation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, 360° rotation lets the display be set to portrait or landscape and changed at any time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 100 Series come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron 100 Series Double Pivot sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the 100 Series Double Pivot with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846434824356,"sku":"47-093-800","price":135.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/47-093-800_d-orig.jpg?v=1790251297"},{"product_id":"ergotron-mx-desk-monitor-arm-45-214-026","title":"Ergotron MX Desk Heavy Monitor Mount Polished Aluminum","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MX Desk Monitor Arm Heavy Monitor Mount Polished Aluminum (45-214-026) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Heavy Displays: 14 to 30 lbs (6.3 to 13.6 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron MX Desk Monitor Arm is the heavy-duty member of Ergotron's desk-arm range, engineered to move a display of 14 to 30 lbs (6.3 to 13.6 kg) and up to 30″ with fingertip pressure. That rating covers heavy professional panels, colour-critical production monitors and all-in-one computers that lighter arms simply cannot hold. Note that the 14 lb (6.3 kg) figure is a genuine minimum, not a formality — the counter-balanced lift needs the load to hold position, so light monitors belong on a different arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Force Motion, No Tension Knobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatented Constant Force™ lift-and-pivot technology carries the weight for you: 5″ (13 cm) of lift, 80° of tilt (75° up, 5° down), a full 360° of pan and 90° of rotation between portrait and landscape, all moved with one hand and held exactly where you leave it. The display extends and retracts through 17″ (42 cm), so you can pull a heavy screen forward for detailed work and push it back when you need the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClamp or Grommet — Both Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box contains both mounting options. The desk clamp fits surfaces up to 2.6″ (66 mm) thick; the grommet mount passes through holes 0.31–2″ (8–51 mm) wide on desks up to 3″ (80 mm) thick. Between them they cover almost every desk in the Singapore market, from thin laminate benching to thick solid-timber executive tops, so you are not buying a separate mounting kit after the fact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReclaim the Desk, Tidy the Cables\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 30″ display's factory stand takes up a substantial share of a standard desk. Moving it onto the MX hands that surface back and puts the screen at a proper eye line rather than a fixed factory height. Cable management conceals and routes the display and power cables under the arm, keeping the work surface clear and making the desk easier to clean around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolished Aluminium, Backed 10 Years\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe polished aluminium construction gives the rigidity a 13.6 kg display needs — no sag, no wobble on adjustment — with a finish that reads as professional equipment rather than office hardware. Ergotron backs the MX Desk Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty; SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron MX Desk Monitor Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron MX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-214-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk clamp or grommet mount (both included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Constant Force™ lift-and-pivot motion technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCables concealed and routed under the arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with local Singapore warranty and GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 30″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14 – 30 lbs (6.3 – 13.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost VESA-compliant monitors and HDTV displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Orientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortrait and landscape (90° rotation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift (Height Adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5″ (13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80° total (75° up \/ 5° down)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Retraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtends and retracts the display up to 17″ (42 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Clamp Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk surfaces up to 2.6″ (66 mm) thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Mount Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet holes 0.31–2″ (8–51 mm) wide, desks up to 3″ (80 mm) thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.6 x 7.3 x 6.3 in (65 x 18.5 x 16 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9 lbs (4.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — SourceIT Pte Ltd\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eErgotron footnote: monitor depth greater than 4″ (10.2 cm) may diminish weight capacity.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron MX Desk Monitor Arm is rated for \u003cstrong\u003eone display up to 30″ weighing 14 to 30 lbs (6.3 to 13.6 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. \u003cstrong\u003eThe 14 lb (6.3 kg) minimum is as important as the maximum.\u003c\/strong\u003e The MX uses Constant Force™ lift, which is counter-balanced against the load: a display lighter than 6.3 kg will not hold position properly on it. If your monitor is under 6.3 kg, specify a lighter-duty arm such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-nx-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-669-224\"\u003eNX Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e instead — SourceIT would rather steer you to the right arm than process a return.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDeep monitors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron notes that a monitor depth greater than 4″ (10.2 cm) may diminish the arm's capacity. Chunky all-in-one chassis and older heavy-housing panels should be checked with us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron states the MX Desk Arm fits most VESA-compliant monitors and HDTV displays; the install guide supplies brackets covering the common desktop and small-display patterns. Send SourceIT your monitor model and we will confirm the pattern against Ergotron's compatibility data before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting — clamp or grommet, both in the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e the desk clamp fits surfaces up to \u003cstrong\u003e2.6″ (66 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e thick. The grommet mount fits holes \u003cstrong\u003e0.31–2″ (8–51 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e wide through desks up to \u003cstrong\u003e3″ (80 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e thick. Between them these cover almost every office and home desk in the Singapore market, including thicker solid-timber and reinforced benching tops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved displays:\u003c\/strong\u003e the MX's ceiling is 30″ and its strength is weight, not width. A heavy 27″ or 30″ professional panel or all-in-one is its natural load. For 34″ and 38″ ultrawides look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-matte-black-45-475-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e one. Ergotron does not offer a dual variant of the MX desk arm — for two displays see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-black-45-476-224\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; MX Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMX Desk Mount Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesk clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrommet mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA attachment hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMX Series Ordering Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MX Desk Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminium (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-214-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mx-wall-monitor-arm-45-228-026\"\u003eErgotron MX Wall Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-228-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mx-mini-wall-arm-polished-aluminium-45-437-026\"\u003eErgotron MX Mini Wall Arm — Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-437-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron lists the MX Desk Monitor Arm in polished aluminium (45-214-026) only — there is no black or white finish variant in Ergotron's official documentation for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Ergotron Arms at SourceIT\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-496-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-505-026\"\u003eErgotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-505-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-214\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MX Desk Monitor Arm — official product page (45-214)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-084-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MX Desk Mount \u0026amp; Wall Mount LCD Arms — official datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-45-155-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MX Deskmount LCD Arm — official installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20250113-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Warranty Terms (official, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron MX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy a monitor does the MX Desk Arm take — and is there a minimum?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates it \u003cstrong\u003e14 to 30 lbs (6.3 to 13.6 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e, and yes, the minimum is real. The Constant Force™ lift is counter-balanced against the load, so a display under 6.3 kg will not hold its height on this arm. Light monitors belong on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-nx-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-669-224\"\u003eNX Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size screen does it support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to \u003cstrong\u003e30″\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ergotron also notes that a monitor deeper than 4″ (10.2 cm) may reduce the arm's effective capacity, so deep all-in-one chassis should be checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount two monitors on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — the MX Desk Arm is a single-display arm and Ergotron does not offer a dual version of it. For two screens, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm (45-496-026)\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-black-45-476-224\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm (45-476-224)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp or use a grommet, and what desk thickness does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth are supplied in the box. The \u003cstrong\u003eclamp\u003c\/strong\u003e fits desks up to \u003cstrong\u003e2.6″ (66 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e thick; the \u003cstrong\u003egrommet mount\u003c\/strong\u003e fits holes \u003cstrong\u003e0.31–2″ (8–51 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e wide through desks up to \u003cstrong\u003e3″ (80 mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e thick. That covers virtually every office and home desk sold in Singapore, including thicker solid tops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my monitor's VESA pattern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron states the MX fits most VESA-compliant monitors and HDTV displays, and supplies bracket hardware in the box. Monitors with no VESA pattern, or with a proprietary rear housing, may need the manufacturer's own adapter plate — send us your model and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for sit-stand working?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly partly. The MX gives \u003cstrong\u003e5″ (13 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e of lift, which is a seated adjustment range rather than a sit-stand one. Use it on top of a height-adjustable desk, or specify one of Ergotron's dedicated LX sit-stand desk arms if you need the screen to travel from seated to standing height on a fixed desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the MX Desk Arm compare with the MXV and LX desk arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe MX is the heavy-duty short-reach specialist: 30 lbs of capacity and 17″ of extension, with a 10-year warranty. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm (45-486-026)\u003c\/a\u003e is the modern successor for larger, lighter panels up to 34″, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm (45-241-026)\u003c\/a\u003e is the general-purpose full-motion arm with more lift for lighter displays. If you need heavy capacity \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e a large screen, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-matte-black-45-475-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Ergotron MX Desk Monitor Arm come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron MX Desk Monitor Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the MX Desk Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846435872932,"sku":"45-214-026","price":280.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-214-026-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251210"},{"product_id":"ergotron-hx-triple-monitor-bow-kit-98-009-216","title":"Ergotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit White (98-009-216) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTake an HX Monitor Arm From One or Two Screens to Three\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit (98-009-216) converts an existing HX Single or HX Dual monitor arm into a three-screen workstation. A triple hinged bow, three monitor pivots and a positioning handle bolt onto the arm you already own — no second desk fixing, no second wall bracket, no extra desk footprint. It is the standard route for Singapore trading desks, NOC and security positions, dealing rooms and engineering benches that outgrow two screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThree Displays up to 26 Inches, 30.6 lbs Total\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach pivot carries 2.0–10.2 lbs (0.9–4.6 kg) for a combined 6.0–30.6 lbs (2.7–13.9 kg) across the three screens, at up to 26″ per display. That is the practical envelope for a triple-monitor trading or monitoring wall built on a single arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Hinged Bow That Wraps the Screens Around the User\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bow pivots 40° inward and 90° outward, so the three panels can be curved into a tight arc that keeps every screen square to the eye, or opened flat to share with a colleague. Each monitor pivot adds 70° of backward tilt, 5° forward, 180° of pan and 360° of rotation with lockout, so an individual screen can be set to portrait for logs, code or long documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConstant Force Lift Carries All Three Together\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the kit hangs off an HX arm, it inherits the arm's Constant Force™ lift — 11.5″ (29.2 cm) of one-touch height adjustment and up to 24.5″ (60 cm) of reach for the whole three-screen assembly. The included handle makes repositioning the bank straightforward during fit-out and shift changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-009-216 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree-screen conversion kit for HX monitor arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgrades an HX Single or HX Dual Monitor Arm to hold three displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHost Arm Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — HX Single or HX Dual Monitor Arm, ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity Per Monitor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0–10.2 lbs (0.9–4.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.0–30.6 lbs (2.7–13.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 26″ per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D, 100\/75, C (100 x 100 mm \u0026amp; 75 x 75 mm hole pattern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.5″ (29.2 cm), via the host HX arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24.5″ (60 cm), via the host HX arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70° backward \/ 5° forward, per screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° — portrait or landscape, with lockout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBow Pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40° inward \/ 90° outward\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePositioning Handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.3″ x 18.5″ x 7.5″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.1 lbs (8.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bow kit is a \u003cstrong\u003econversion kit, not a mount\u003c\/strong\u003e. It requires an HX Single or HX Dual Monitor Arm — desk or wall — which is ordered separately. Its own weight and size limits are much lighter than the host arm's, because the load is now split three ways.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D 100\/75 C — 100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 26″ per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Per Screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.0–10.2 lbs (0.9–4.6 kg), measured without the factory stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.0–30.6 lbs (2.7–13.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHost Arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm (45-475), HX Wall Monitor Arm (45-478), HX Dual Monitor Desk Arm (45-476), HX Wall Dual Monitor Arm (45-479)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttaches to the host HX arm — no additional desk or wall fixing required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnchanged — governed by the host HX arm already installed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCheck your screens against the 26″ and 10.2 lbs limits, not the arm's.\u003c\/strong\u003e An HX Desk arm on its own carries a single 49″ panel at up to 42 lbs; with the bow kit fitted, each of the three screens must be 26″ or smaller and 10.2 lbs or lighter. Typical 24″ office and trading monitors fit comfortably; 27″ and 32″ panels generally do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e not applicable here — a triple bank is built from three conventional panels. For a single large curved ultrawide, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-matte-black-45-647-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-heavy-duty-tilt-pivot-98-540-216\"\u003eHX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; HX Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTriple hinged bow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositioning handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x monitor pivots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: an Ergotron HX Single or HX Dual Monitor Arm is required and is not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHX Triple Monitor Bow Kit — Finishes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-009-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-009-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-triple-monitor-bow-kit-polished-aluminum-98-009-026\"\u003ePolished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCompatible HX Host Arms in the SourceIT Catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475-026 \/ 216 \/ 224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm (single)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-476-026 \/ 216 \/ 224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-476-026\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-478-026 \/ 45-478-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-478-026\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm (single)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-479-026 \/ 45-479-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-dual-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-32-polished-aluminum-45-479-026\"\u003eHX Wall Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther HX Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-540-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-heavy-duty-tilt-pivot-98-540-216\"\u003eHX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot — for deep or curved panels\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/98-009\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit official product page (ergotron.com)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-hxarms-fur-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron HX Monitor Arms datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the datasheet emailed as a PDF for a tender or quotation? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd at sales@sourceit.com.sg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat finishes does the HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit come in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite (98-009-216, this listing) and polished aluminium (98-009-026). The mechanics are identical — choose the finish that matches your HX arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat monitor size and weight does the bow kit support?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree displays up to 26″ each, weighing 2.0–10.2 lbs (0.9–4.6 kg) per screen and 6.0–30.6 lbs (2.7–13.9 kg) in total, measured without the factory stands. These limits are the kit's own and are lighter than the host arm's.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the monitor arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The kit supplies the triple bow, three pivots, the handle and hardware only. You need an HX Single or HX Dual Monitor Arm as well — SourceIT stocks the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-478-026\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e among others.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich HX arms is it compatible with?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HX Desk Monitor Arm (45-475), HX Wall Monitor Arm (45-478), HX Dual Monitor Desk Arm (45-476) and HX Wall Dual Monitor Arm (45-479). Both desk-mounted and wall-mounted hosts work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need extra desk space or a second fixing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The bow attaches to the arm you already have, so there is no additional desk clamp, grommet or wall bracket — and no extra desk footprint. The host arm's existing desk-thickness limits continue to apply unchanged.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for standard displays — each pivot provides VESA MIS-D 100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm. Screens with a larger or proprietary pattern need the manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I run one of the three screens in portrait?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Each pivot rotates 360° with lockout, so any of the three can be set to portrait — a common arrangement for log monitoring, code review and long documents alongside two landscape screens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the HX Triple Monitor Bow Kit with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ergotron Difference: HX Monitor Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/QFHTiSaE-hA\" title=\"The Ergotron Difference: HX Monitor Arms\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn Motion: Ergotron HX Monitor Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/0y7Wqm0tsK4\" title=\"In Motion: Ergotron HX Monitor Arm\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846438363300,"sku":"98-009-216","price":550.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/98-009-216noarm-orig.jpg?v=1790251132"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-wall-keyboard-arm-45-246-026","title":"Ergotron LX Wall Keyboard Arm Polished Aluminum","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Wall Keyboard Arm Polished Aluminum (45-246-026) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall-Mounted Keyboard Arm with 13″ of Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm (45-246-026) moves the keyboard and mouse off the desk and onto the wall, with \u003cstrong\u003e13″ (33 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e of height adjustment so each user can set a neutral wrist and relaxed shoulder position rather than accepting a fixed surface height. A wall-mounted mouse holder is included, so the pointing device travels with the keyboard instead of being stranded on a worktop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35″ of Reach, Folding Back to 3.5″\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm brings the keyboard \u003cstrong\u003e35″ (89 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e out from the wall when in use, then folds flat to \u003cstrong\u003e3.5″ (9 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e in its storage position. In a Singapore consult room, reception counter or compact office bay, a keyboard that disappears against the wall between tasks reclaims genuinely usable space and clears the circulation route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Force™ Technology — Effortless, Tool-Free Movement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented Constant Force™ Technology is what makes the arm move under fingertip pressure and stay exactly where it is set. There are no knobs to loosen and re-tighten between users, which is precisely what determines whether a shared height-adjustable workstation actually gets adjusted in practice or quietly gets left at one setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBack-Tilt Keyboard Position and 360° Pan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tray back-tilts 5° in the down position — the negative-tilt geometry that keeps wrists neutral during sustained typing — and folds 90° upright for storage. A full 360° of pan lets the keyboard swing to whichever side of the wall point the user is standing on. Ergotron rates the arm for keyboards up to 17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm) and a load of 5 lbs (2.3 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTen-Year Ergotron Warranty, Supported Locally in Singapore\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty. SourceIT Pte Ltd supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-246-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall — sturdy vertical surface, wood stud or solid concrete; also mounts to Ergotron Wall Track via bracket 97-091 (ordered separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.7 lbs (4.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″H × 11.9″W × 5.5″D (51 × 30 × 14 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Keyboard Fit\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 lbs (2.3 kg) — rated range 0–5 lbs (0–2.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Keyboard Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMouse Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall-mounted mouse holder included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13″ (33 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35″ (89 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5″ (9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5° back-tilt in the down position; folds 90° upright for storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented Constant Force™ Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Structure Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall structure must support four times the total weight of mounted equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConcrete Fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchors set at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm) deep in solid concrete, not mortar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Track Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts to Ergotron Wall Track using bracket 97-091 (ordered separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-246-026 polished aluminium (sole finish listed by Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeyboard fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron rates the tray for keyboards up to \u003cstrong\u003e17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e. That comfortably covers a standard full-size keyboard with a number pad, and every tenkeyless or compact board. An oversized gaming or split ergonomic keyboard should be measured against those figures before ordering. Ergotron publishes the maximum keyboard size but not the tray's own outer dimensions, so SourceIT does not quote a tray measurement here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rated load is \u003cstrong\u003e5 lbs (2.3 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e, covering a keyboard and mouse. It is not a shelf — do not rest a laptop, tablet or documents on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMouse.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wall-mounted mouse holder is included, so the mouse is carried by the installation rather than needing a separate surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor mounting is separate.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a keyboard arm only — no display mount, no VESA plate. To put a screen on the same wall, pair it with the matching Ergotron monitor arm, or specify one of the complete LX Wall Mount Systems that bundles arm, keyboard and CPU holder on a single wall track. Both routes are listed in the ordering section below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich of the two keyboard arms.\u003c\/strong\u003e This standard model lifts 13″ (33 cm), reaches 35″ (89 cm) and folds to just 3.5″ (9 cm). The sit-stand 45-354-026 lifts 20″ (51 cm) and reaches 42″ (107 cm) but folds to 5.8″ (15 cm). Choose this one for seated work and the tightest folded profile; choose the sit-stand arm if a standing user must be supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall type — important in Singapore.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron's instruction is to attach directly to a sturdy vertical surface and to install into a wood stud where applicable; for concrete, anchors must be set at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm) deep in \u003cem\u003esolid\u003c\/em\u003e concrete, not into mortar. The wall structure must support four times the total weight of the mounted equipment. Reinforced concrete and solid block walls — standard in most Singapore commercial buildings, HDB flats and condominiums — are suitable. A plasterboard partition without a backing stud is not. SourceIT can advise on the mounting point before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall Track option.\u003c\/strong\u003e The arm can also be fitted to an Ergotron Wall Track using bracket 97-091, which is ordered separately. Wall Track lets you slide the arm's position along the track later without re-drilling — worth specifying if the workstation layout is likely to change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLX keyboard arm with keyboard tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted mouse holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgotron installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron confirms the wall-mounted mouse holder is included and supplies the wall-mounting hardware, but does not publish a fully itemised parts list for this model. Wall Track and Wall Track brackets are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLX wall keyboard arms — ordering information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm — 13″ lift, 35″ reach, folds to 3.5″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-246-026 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm — 20″ lift, 42″ reach, folds to 5.8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-keyboard-arm-45-354-026\"\u003e45-354-026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMatching Ergotron wall monitor arms in the SourceIT catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Monitor Arm — 13″ lift, pairs with the standard keyboard arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-243-026\"\u003e45-243-026 polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-243-224\"\u003e45-243-224 matte black\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm — 20″ lift, pairs with the sit-stand keyboard arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-mount-lcd-arm-polished-aluminum-45-353-026\"\u003e45-353-026 LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eComplete wall systems (arm + keyboard + CPU holder + wall track)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount System, medium CPU holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-system-with-medium-silver-cpu-holder-45-247-026\"\u003eLX Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e (45-247-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount System, small CPU holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-system-with-small-computer-holder-45-253-026\"\u003eLX Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e (45-253-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount System, white (no CPU holder)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-system-white-45-551-216\"\u003eLX Wall Mount System White\u003c\/a\u003e (45-551-216)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount System, medium CPU holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-arm-45-353-026\"\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e (45-358-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-246\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm (45-246) product page\u003c\/a\u003e — official Ergotron product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-068-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm \u0026amp; LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm datasheet\u003c\/a\u003e — official Ergotron datasheet (PDF).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-45-047-jp-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm installation guide (888-45-047)\u003c\/a\u003e — wall fixing detail, load range and Wall Track bracket information\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll technical figures published on this page are taken from the official Ergotron datasheet for this part number. Where Ergotron does not publish a figure, SourceIT omits it rather than estimate. For a written quotation or a bulk\/project price in Singapore, contact SourceIT Pte Ltd.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm and the LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTravel and reach. 45-246-026 lifts 13″ (33 cm), reaches 35″ (89 cm) and folds to 3.5″ (9 cm). 45-354-026 lifts 20″ (51 cm), reaches 42″ (107 cm) and folds to 5.8″ (15 cm). Keyboard capacity (5 lbs), maximum keyboard size, tilt, 360° pan, Constant Force™ motion and the 10-year warranty are identical — both share one Ergotron datasheet. See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-keyboard-arm-45-354-026\"\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size keyboard fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm), which covers full-size boards with a number pad. Measure an oversized or split ergonomic keyboard against those figures first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a mouse tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA wall-mounted mouse holder is included with the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount a monitor on it too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot on this arm — it carries a keyboard only. Pair it with an Ergotron wall monitor arm, or specify a complete LX Wall Mount System that puts monitor, keyboard and CPU holder on one wall track. Both options are listed in the ordering section above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wall can it be fitted to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA sturdy vertical surface: a wood stud where applicable, or solid concrete with anchors at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm) deep. The wall must support four times the total mounted weight. Concrete and solid block, standard in Singapore, are suitable; plasterboard partitions are not without backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I move the arm later without re-drilling the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, if you mount it to an Ergotron Wall Track using bracket 97-091 — both ordered separately. The arm then slides along the track to a new position. Fixed directly to the wall, relocating means re-drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a standing workstation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sit-stand model (45-354-026) is designed for it, with 20″ (51 cm) of travel. The standard model (45-246-026), at 13″ (33 cm), is intended for seated work and modest height variation between users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ergotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm covered by warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Wall Keyboard Arm: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8wS3hgr_MSk\" title=\"Ergotron LX Wall Keyboard Arm: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846439837860,"sku":"45-246-026","price":465.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-246-026_2-orig.jpg?v=1790251154"},{"product_id":"ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200","title":"Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand Horizontal","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand Horizontal (33-322-200) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual Monitor Desk Stand That Frees Your Worksurface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand suspends two displays side by side from a single weighted base, lifting both screens clear of the desk so the surface underneath stays usable. For Singapore offices where desk footprints keep shrinking, that reclaimed area is the difference between a cramped workstation and a workable one. Each display is carried on a parabolic bow that keeps the two screens aligned as one continuous viewing plane.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty 31 lbs (14 kg) Per-Monitor Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the DS100 horizontal dual stand at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD — genuinely heavy-duty for a free-standing desk stand, and comfortably above the weight of a typical 24″ business monitor. That headroom means the stand stays stable with heavier professional panels rather than sitting at the edge of its rating, which matters when a workstation is reconfigured repeatedly over a multi-year deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA 75\/100 Compatibility and 360° Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS100 uses the VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C interface, so it fits the 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm hole patterns found on the overwhelming majority of business displays. Each monitor rotates a full 360°, letting you flip a screen to portrait for code, long documents or claim forms and back to landscape for spreadsheets without removing anything from the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium and Steel Build With Integrated Cable Management\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron builds the DS100 from aluminium and steel for an extremely stable platform, and routes cabling through an integrated cable management system so the wiring behind two monitors does not become a visible tangle. Monitor height is set on the pole during installation, so a workstation can be dialled in once for a given user and left alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-322-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo (2), side-by-side horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing weighted desk base (grommet mount base 60-350-200 available separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24″ per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Monitor Outside Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23¼″ (59 cm) per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D, 75\/100, C (75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor height set by position on the pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Alignment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParabolic bow keeps both displays on a continuous viewing arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable aluminium and steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable management system organises and routes cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeighted free-standing base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS100 horizontal dual stand attaches to displays through the \u003cstrong\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C\u003c\/strong\u003e interface — 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm. If your monitor has a recessed VESA interface, use the long screws with spacers rather than forcing the standard M4 x 10 mm screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScreen fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e two displays of up to 24″, each weighing no more than 31 lbs (14 kg). Ergotron also specifies a maximum monitor outside width of 23¼″ (59 cm) per display — this is the physical limit that matters most on a dual crossbar, so check the bezel-to-bezel width of your panel, not just its diagonal. Wide 16:9 24″ panels normally sit within this; ultrawide and 27″+ panels generally do not, and are better served by an LX or HX articulating arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e this model ships as a free-standing weighted base that simply sits on the worksurface — no clamping and no drilling, which suits leased offices in Singapore where furniture cannot be modified. If you prefer to fix the pole through the desk, order the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eDS100 Grommet Mount Base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e, which fits worksurface openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm) in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCurved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e curved 24″ displays mount normally provided the outside width stays within 23¼″; allow extra clearance behind the bow for the curvature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; DS100 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeighted desk-stand base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePole (14″ or 28″ depending on model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParabolic bow \/ crossbar and monitor brackets for the stated number of screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA mounting hardware (M4 x 10 mm screws and fasteners)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Series desk stands available from SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-322-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-vertical-33-091-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-091-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-triple-monitor-desk-stand-33-323-200\"\u003eDS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-323-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-quad-monitor-desk-stand-33-324-200\"\u003eDS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-324-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eGrommet Mount Base for DS100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-350-200 — replaces the free-standing base; fits worksurface openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm) in diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-clamping-double-pivot-47-051-200\"\u003eDS100 Clamping Double Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-051-200 — pole-clamp pivot for adding a display to a DS100 pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-322\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — DS100 Dual Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal (33-322)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-030-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron DS100 Series datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-030-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Series dimensional drawings — dual, triple and quad (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-33-302-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 horizontal dual desk stand installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can each arm of the DS100 dual horizontal stand hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates it at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD — that is per display, not a shared total. Note that the vertical version of this stand (33-091-200) is rated lower, at 23 lbs (10.4 kg) per LCD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the largest monitor this stand takes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 24″ per display, with a maximum monitor outside width of 23¼″ (59 cm). Width is the binding constraint on a dual crossbar, so measure your panel edge to edge before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the horizontal and vertical dual stands?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe horizontal 33-322-200 places two screens side by side and carries 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD with 360° rotation. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-vertical-33-091-200\"\u003evertical 33-091-200\u003c\/a\u003e stacks one screen above the other, carries 23 lbs (10.4 kg) per LCD, and adds 180° tilt and 180° pan. Choose vertical when you want more code or document height rather than more width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill or clamp anything to my desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. This model uses a free-standing weighted base that sits on the worksurface. If you would rather secure the pole through the desk, add the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eDS100 Grommet Mount Base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e, which fits openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my monitor’s VESA pattern?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt supports VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C — both 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm. Displays with no VESA holes, or proprietary patterns, need a manufacturer adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I go beyond two screens later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — SourceIT stocks the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-triple-monitor-desk-stand-33-323-200\"\u003eDS100 Triple (33-323-200)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-quad-monitor-desk-stand-33-324-200\"\u003eDS100 Quad (33-324-200)\u003c\/a\u003e stands. Note the triple limits each display to 21″ (53 cm) and a 20″ (51 cm) outside width, so a triple build usually means smaller panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the DS100 come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the DS100 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846441836708,"sku":"33-322-200","price":450.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/33-322-200-a1-logo-orig.jpg?v=1790251157"},{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085","title":"Ergotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit Universal Ergonomic","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit Black (97-934-085) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaise Your WorkFit Screens to Eye Level\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit (97-934-085) raises two displays above the worksurface of a WorkFit sit-stand desktop workstation, carrying 6–14 lbs (2.72–6.35 kg) per screen with 5\" (13 cm) of height adjustment. Fitted to an existing WorkFit desktop converter, it separates screen height from keyboard height so you can set the display at eye level and the keyboard at elbow level — the two adjustments that make a sit-stand desk actually ergonomic rather than merely tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-Built for Dual Monitor Kit Workstations\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a factory mounting kit, not a generic bracket. It bolts to the riser of the WorkFit-T, WorkFit-TL, WorkFit-TLE, WorkFit-TX and WorkFit Corner desk converters, so the load path, the balance of the lift mechanism and the cable routing all stay within Ergotron's tested limits. Ergotron publishes a maximum total system weight for each host workstation, and the kit is engineered to keep you inside it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5\" (13 cm) of Independent Screen Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit adds 5\" (13 cm) of vertical travel above the worksurface. Combined with the WorkFit's own sit-stand range, that lets a shorter or taller user — or two people sharing a hot desk — reach a neutral neck posture without shimming the monitor on books or risers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied and Supported in Singapore\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT is a Singapore-based IT reseller supplying Ergotron to corporate, government, healthcare and education buyers. Every Dual Monitor Kit ships with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice, and we can quote the kit together with the matching WorkFit workstation on a single purchase order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-934-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor mounting kit for WorkFit sit-stand desktop workstations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — supplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Compatibility \u0026amp; Capacity\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Weight Capacity (per display)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–14 lbs (2.72–6.35 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Total System Weight — WorkFit-T \/ Corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.3 lbs (11.48 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Total System Weight — WorkFit-TL \/ TLE \/ TX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.3 lbs (13.75 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\" (13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolts to the riser of a compatible WorkFit desktop converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Workstations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-T, WorkFit-TL, WorkFit-TLE, WorkFit-TX and WorkFit Corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Attachment Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4 and M6 fasteners supplied for standard VESA display hole patterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable routing on the WorkFit riser\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDocumentation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron assembly guide supplied in the box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecifications above are taken from Ergotron's published product documentation for this part number. Figures Ergotron does not publish for this kit are omitted rather than estimated.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit is an upgrade kit for an Ergotron WorkFit sit-stand desktop converter. It is not a free-standing desk mount — there is no desk clamp or grommet base — so a compatible WorkFit workstation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible WorkFit Workstations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-T, WorkFit-TL, WorkFit-TLE, WorkFit-TX and WorkFit Corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttaches to the WorkFit riser using the supplied hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMaximum Total System Weight\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Total System Weight — WorkFit-T \/ Corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.3 lbs (11.48 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Total System Weight — WorkFit-TL \/ TLE \/ TX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30.3 lbs (13.75 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe total system weight is the combined weight of the displays, this kit and any accessories carried on the riser. Stay under the figure for your workstation so the lift mechanism stays balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Fit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Weight Capacity (per display)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–14 lbs (2.72–6.35 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Attachment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard VESA display hole patterns using the supplied M4 and M6 fasteners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your monitor's weight on its own datasheet before ordering. A display that is lighter than the stated minimum, or heavier than the maximum, will not hold position correctly. Ergotron does not publish a maximum screen size for this kit — weight and the total system limit are the governing figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUltrawide and Curved Displays\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltrawide and curved panels are usually heavier and further off-centre than a conventional 16:9 screen of the same diagonal. Use the display's published weight, not its diagonal, when checking it against the capacity above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit Kit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit (97-934-085) mounting kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisplay mounting hardware — M4 and M6 fasteners and washers for standard VESA display hole patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly hardware for the WorkFit riser\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgotron assembly and safety guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkFit Mounting Kit Ordering Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-black-97-933-085\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Kit Black (97-933-085)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-933-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-white-97-933-062\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Kit White (97-933-062)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-933-062\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit Black (97-934-085) — (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e97-934-085\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-white-97-934-062\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit White (97-934-062)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-934-062\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-ld-monitor-kit-black-97-935-085\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Single LD Monitor Kit Black (97-935-085)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-935-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-ld-monitor-kit-white-97-935-062\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Single LD Monitor Kit White (97-935-062)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-935-062\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Single HD Monitor Kit Black (97-936-085)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-936-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible WorkFit Workstations at SourceIT\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-406-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-467-921\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-corner-standing-desk-converter-33-468-921\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-468-921\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/97-934\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit — official product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-97-374-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit — Assembly \u0026amp; Specification Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-workfit-t-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-T \u0026amp; WorkFit-TL Product Sheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/support\/product-documentation\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product documentation library\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there any difference between the black and white versions of this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The two part numbers in this family differ only in finish so the kit can match the colour of your WorkFit workstation. The mechanical specification is identical. This listing is the Black finish; the White finish is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich WorkFit workstations does the WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the WorkFit-T, WorkFit-TL, WorkFit-TLE, WorkFit-TX and WorkFit Corner. It is not a standalone monitor mount and cannot be clamped to a plain desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat monitor weight does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e6–14 lbs (2.72–6.35 kg). Ergotron also sets a maximum total system weight for the whole riser — see the Compatibility \u0026amp; Fit section — which counts the displays, the kit and anything else on the riser together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit ships with M4 and M6 fasteners for standard VESA display hole patterns. A monitor with no VESA holes — some all-in-ones and consumer panels with proprietary stands — will need a manufacturer adapter plate before it can be mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSingle, dual, or monitor-plus-laptop — which kit should I order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003eDual Monitor Kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you want two screens side by side, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-ld-monitor-kit-black-97-935-085\"\u003eSingle LD Monitor Kit\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003eSingle HD Monitor Kit\u003c\/a\u003e for one screen (light-duty and heavy-duty respectively), and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-black-97-933-085\"\u003eLCD \u0026amp; Laptop Kit\u003c\/a\u003e if you dock a notebook next to a monitor. All four mount to the same WorkFit riser, so you can change kits later without replacing the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the kit change how the sit-stand desk moves?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The WorkFit's own sit-stand travel is unchanged. The kit adds screen height adjustment on top of it, so the display and the keyboard can be set independently — which is what lets you reach a neutral neck and elbow posture in both the seated and standing position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this covered by local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846443933860,"sku":"97-934-085","price":295.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/97-934-085-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251199"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-hd-wall-mount-monitor-45-269-009","title":"Ergotron LX HD Pivot Wall Mount Black up to 49\"","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot Black (45-269-009) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLow-Profile Heavy-Duty Wall Pivot for Displays up to 50 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot (45-269-009) holds a display close to the wall while still allowing it to be angled towards the viewer. Ergotron rates it for \u003cstrong\u003eup to 50 lbs (22.7 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e and screens \u003cstrong\u003eup to 42″\u003c\/strong\u003e, in a mount that projects only 3.7″ (9.1 cm) from the wall and weighs just 3.3 lbs (1.5 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAngle the Screen Without Giving Up the Corridor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the mount to choose when a swing arm would be in the way. With 20° of tilt, 40° of pan and 360° rotation, the display can be angled down towards a seated viewer, turned modestly towards the room, and switched between landscape and portrait — all while staying tight to the wall. In Singapore corridors, lift lobbies, ward bays, classrooms and retail floors where a protruding arm is a genuine circulation hazard, a low-profile pivot is the compliant choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSignage-Ready Portrait Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFull 360° rotation means a single mount serves both a landscape meeting-room display and a portrait digital-signage panel, so one part number covers mixed deployments across a site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Rating in a Discreet Black Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 50 lbs the LX HD Pivot carries twice the load of the standard LX Wall Monitor Arm, so large-format commercial panels that would overload a conventional monitor arm are within its rating. The black finish recedes behind the screen rather than framing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFive-Year Ergotron Warranty, Supported Locally in Singapore\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the LX HD Wall Mount Pivot with a \u003cstrong\u003e5-year\u003c\/strong\u003e manufacturer warranty — the term that applies across the LX HD range, as distinct from the 10-year term on the standard LX Wall Monitor Arm. SourceIT Pte Ltd supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-269-009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall — wood stud or solid concrete\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 lbs (1.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.5 lbs (2.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9″ × 9″ × 3.9″ (22.9 × 22.9 × 9.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 50 lbs (22.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 42″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D \/ MIS-E \/ MIS-F — Ergotron's installation guide documents 75 × 75, 100 × 100, 100 × 200, 200 × 100 and 200 × 200 mm adapter configurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° — portrait and landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth from Wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.7″ (9.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — low-profile pivot, no extension arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — Ergotron publishes no vertical lift figure for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Structure Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall must support four times the total weight of mounted equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Fixing Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood stud or solid concrete, per Ergotron's installation guide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-269-009 black (sole finish listed by Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron's datasheet refers to the website for VESA detail; its own installation guide documents \u003cstrong\u003e75 × 75, 100 × 100, 100 × 200, 200 × 100 and 200 × 200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e adapter configurations, and the Ergotron catalogue designates the model \u003cstrong\u003eMIS-D \/ MIS-E \/ MIS-F\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight and size fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to \u003cstrong\u003e50 lbs (22.7 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e and up to \u003cstrong\u003e42″\u003c\/strong\u003e — use the panel-only weight from your display's specification sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e The published limit is weight and diagonal, not aspect ratio. Because this mount has only 40° of pan and sits close to the wall, a very wide panel will present its edges at a sharper angle to off-axis viewers — if the room needs the screen turned to face different seating positions, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-wall-swing-arm-heavy-monitor-or-tv-mount-45-268-026\"\u003eLX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm\u003c\/a\u003e with its 360° pan is the better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of screens.\u003c\/strong\u003e Single display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo vertical lift and no extension.\u003c\/strong\u003e This mount tilts, pans 40° and rotates. It does not raise, lower or swing out. Choose it deliberately for the low profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall type — read this before ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron's installation instruction for the LX HD range is explicit: \u003cem\u003ethe wall structure must be capable of supporting four times the total weight of the mounted equipment\u003c\/em\u003e. With a 50 lb (22.7 kg) display that means a structure rated for roughly 200 lbs (91 kg). Ergotron documents two approved surfaces: a wood stud, using M8 × 80 mm bolts, and solid concrete, drilled to a depth of at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm). Most Singapore commercial and residential walls are reinforced concrete or solid block, which suits the concrete method — but the anchor must land in solid concrete, not in mortar joints or render, and a plasterboard partition is not a suitable substrate on its own. If you are mounting to a partition or a wall you are unsure of, have it assessed before installation; SourceIT can advise on a site-by-site basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX HD Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron does not publish an itemised box-contents list for this model. Its installation guide covers wood-stud and concrete fixing options and the display fasteners for the supported VESA patterns. SourceIT supplies the mount in Ergotron's sealed retail packaging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLX HD wall range — ordering information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm (polished aluminium) — 13″ reach, 360° pan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-wall-swing-arm-heavy-monitor-or-tv-mount-45-268-026\"\u003e45-268-026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX HD Wall Mount Pivot (black) — low profile, 40° pan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-269-009 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron wall arms in the SourceIT catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Monitor Arm — 13″ lift, up to 25 lbs, 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-243-026\"\u003e45-243-026 polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-243-224\"\u003e45-243-224 matte black\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm — 20″ lift, up to 42″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-mount-lcd-arm-polished-aluminum-45-353-026\"\u003e45-353-026 LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-269\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot (45-269) product page\u003c\/a\u003e — official Ergotron product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-106-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX HD Swing Arm \u0026amp; Wall Mount Pivot datasheet\u003c\/a\u003e — official Ergotron datasheet (PDF).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-45-198-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot installation guide (888-45-198-W)\u003c\/a\u003e — wall fixing detail and VESA adapter configurations\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll technical figures published on this page are taken from the official Ergotron datasheet for this part number. Where Ergotron does not publish a figure, SourceIT omits it rather than estimate. For a written quotation or a bulk\/project price in Singapore, contact SourceIT Pte Ltd.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the LX HD Wall Mount Pivot and the LX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Pivot (45-269-009, black) stays close to the wall — 3.7″ (9.1 cm) deep, no extension arm, 40° of pan. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-wall-swing-arm-heavy-monitor-or-tv-mount-45-268-026\"\u003eLX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm\u003c\/a\u003e (45-268-026, polished aluminium) swings the display 13″ (33 cm) out and pans 360°. Capacity (50 lbs \/ 42″), tilt (20°) and warranty (5 years) are the same. Choose the Pivot where a protruding arm would obstruct a walkway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and weight of display does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 50 lbs (22.7 kg) and up to 42″, per Ergotron's datasheet. Please note: this SourceIT listing previously stated 49″ and 11.3 kg. The Ergotron datasheet figures above are correct and supersede that.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold two monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — it is a single-display mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it move up and down for sit-stand use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron publishes no vertical lift range for this model. For height change from a wall, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-mount-lcd-arm-polished-aluminum-45-353-026\"\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm\u003c\/a\u003e, which lifts 20″ (51 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wall can it be fitted to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron approves a wood stud or solid concrete, and requires the wall structure to support four times the total mounted weight. Concrete and solid block — standard in most Singapore buildings — are suitable; plasterboard partitions are not, without structural backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsually not — the supported patterns run from 75 × 75 up to 200 × 200 mm. A display with no VESA holes needs its manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for portrait digital signage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It rotates a full 360°, so the same mount serves a landscape display or a portrait signage panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ergotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot covered by warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX HD Wall Mount Pivot sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LX HD Wall Mount Pivot with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Digital Signage: Bracketology Simplified\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/tGMKWFykNQM\" title=\"Ergotron Digital Signage: Bracketology Simplified\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846445342884,"sku":"45-269-009","price":125.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/ergotron-lx-hd-pivot-wall-mount-black-up-to-49-45-269-009-1609199.jpg?v=1760138622"},{"product_id":"ergotron-notebook-tray-50-193-200","title":"Ergotron Notebook Tray for Laptops and Convertible","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Notebook Tray for Laptops and Convertible Notebooks (50-193-200) - Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePut a Laptop on Your Ergotron LX Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Notebook Tray converts an Ergotron LX monitor arm into a laptop mount. Instead of a notebook sitting flat on the desk with its screen well below eye level, the tray lifts it onto the arm — where it can be raised, lowered, tilted and rotated exactly like a monitor. For anyone working all day from a laptop, that single change does more for neck and shoulder posture than any other accessory on the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated 2.5 to 12 lbs on an LX Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies that when combined with the LX LCD Arm, the arm will hold notebooks weighing 2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg). Note that this is a genuine \u003cem\u003erange\u003c\/em\u003e: LX arms use Constant Force lift technology and are counterbalanced to the load they carry, so a notebook below the minimum is as much of a problem as one above the maximum. Almost every mainstream 13 to 16 in business laptop sits comfortably inside the band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull Arm Motion — Lift, Tilt and Rotate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the tray inherits the motion of the arm it mounts to, the laptop tilts forward and backward for screen angle and rotates between portrait and landscape along with the arm head. Combined with the LX arm’s own height and reach adjustment, that means the notebook screen can be brought genuinely to eye level rather than propped up on a stack of books.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Slip Pads, and an Honest Caution About Them\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tray uses non-slip pads to keep the notebook in place. Ergotron is direct about the limits of this and so are we: the pads help prevent the notebook from slipping, but they will not hold all notebooks on the tray in all circumstances. This is a desk accessory, not a locking security mount — if the tray will live in a shared, public-facing or high-traffic area, plan a separate physical security measure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplied by SourceIT With Local Support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies the Ergotron Notebook Tray across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Ergotron’s published warranty schedule covers the LX arm the tray attaches to with a 10-year term, but does not publish a separate manufacturer term for this accessory — so we do not claim one. Contact us and we will confirm the coverage that applies to your order in writing before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Notebook Tray Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Notebook Tray (Ergotron’s installation guide indexes it as “LX Notebook Tray”)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-193-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop \/ notebook platform accessory for Ergotron LX monitor arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip pads. Ergotron’s stated caution: the pads “will help prevent notebook from slipping, but they will not hold all notebooks on the tray in all circumstances”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo separate term published.\u003c\/strong\u003e This accessory does not appear in Ergotron’s published warranty schedule, which covers monitor mounts, carts, charging systems and desks by category. Ergotron publishes a 10-year term for the LX arm the tray attaches to. SourceIT will confirm applicable coverage in writing on request rather than state a figure Ergotron does not publish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every unit sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg) when combined with the Ergotron LX LCD Arm — a working range with a minimum as well as a maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther Arms and Pivots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron’s instruction: when combined with arms or pivots other than the LX LCD Arm, contact Ergotron regarding load limitations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraditional laptops and convertible notebooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron publishes no laptop screen-size or footprint limit for this tray — specify by weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForward and backward, inherited from the arm head. Ergotron publishes no degree figure for the tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortrait and landscape, inherited from the arm head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight \u0026amp; Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvided by the LX arm the tray is fitted to, not by the tray itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Mounting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePublished Dimensional Figures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron’s dimensional drawing DIM-LXNB prints 9.25 to 15.75 in (236 to 401 mm), 9 in (229 mm) and 3.0 in (75 mm). The drawing’s axis callouts are not machine-readable, so we have not assigned these to width, depth or lip — see the linked drawing for the annotated original\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts To\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX monitor arms, including the LX Wall Mount Arm and the LX LCD Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4 x 10 mm screws into the arm’s mounting plate. Ergotron does not print a VESA designation for this interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference Documents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron installation guide 888-97-088-W and dimensional drawing DIM-LXNB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s own installation guide, dimensional drawing and LX Wall Mount product sheet. Product weight, construction materials and a finish or colour designation are \u003cstrong\u003enot published by Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e for this part number and have been omitted rather than estimated — including the colour, which resellers list inconsistently. The 40 lbs figure that appears on Ergotron’s 100 Series keyboard-tray pivot documentation belongs to a different product and has deliberately not been carried across.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an accessory, not a standalone stand: it has no base and no legs, and it must be fitted to an Ergotron arm to be used at all. Ergotron confirms it mounts to \u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX monitor arms\u003c\/strong\u003e, naming the LX LCD Arm and the LX Wall Mount Arm specifically. For any other Ergotron arm or pivot, Ergotron’s own instruction is to contact Ergotron regarding load limitations — so treat other arms as needing confirmation rather than assumed to work. SourceIT will check your specific arm model against the tray before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecify by weight, not screen size.\u003c\/strong\u003e The published rating is 2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg) on an LX LCD Arm, and Ergotron publishes no laptop screen-size or footprint limit at all. The minimum matters as much as the maximum: LX arms are Constant Force mechanisms, counterbalanced to the load, so an unusually light notebook can leave the arm over-tensioned. Weigh the machine, including anything that stays attached to it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting interface.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tray fixes to the arm’s mounting plate with M4 x 10 mm screws. Ergotron does not print a VESA designation for this connection, so we do not quote one — it is an arm-specific fitting rather than a generic VESA pattern, which is another reason to confirm your exact arm model with us first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat it is not.\u003c\/strong\u003e The tray retains the notebook with non-slip pads only. Ergotron states plainly that these will not hold all notebooks in all circumstances. It is not a locking or anti-theft mount, and it is not intended for a cart that will be pushed around a ward or a classroom — for mobile use with device security, look at a cart with an integrated security system such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003eNeo-Flex Laptop Cart (24-205-214)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts To\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX monitor arms (LX LCD Arm, LX Wall Mount Arm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOther Arms \/ Pivots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContact Ergotron — load limitations must be confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Window\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg) on an LX LCD Arm — minimum and maximum both apply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraditional laptops and convertible notebooks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron — specify by weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eM4 x 10 mm screws to the arm mounting plate; no VESA designation published\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip pads — not a locking or security mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Clamp \/ Grommet \/ Wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — determined by the LX arm it is fitted to\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron’s installation guide 888-97-088-W shows the tray, non-slip pads, M4 x 10 mm screws and an M3 x 6 mm screw. Exact quantities are not fully legible in the scanned parts diagram, so treat this as a partial list and ask SourceIT to confirm carton contents before ordering in quantity. The LX arm itself is \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e included — the tray is an accessory and requires a compatible Ergotron LX arm to function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNotebook Tray — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e50-193-200 — Ergotron Notebook Tray (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg) on an LX LCD Arm · non-slip pads · tilt and rotation via the arm head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron lists no alternative finish or second part number for the Notebook Tray — 50-193-200 is the only variant we can confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron Products at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart with integrated laptop security, 12 to 17 in · 3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eSV10-1100-0 — StyleView Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-duty medical laptop cart · 15 in (38.1 cm) lift · 7-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-corner-standing-desk-converter-33-468-921\"\u003e33-468-921 — WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner desktop sit-stand converter · 15 in (38 cm) lift · 35 lbs (15.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/50-193\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Notebook Tray (50-193) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-97-088-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 888-97-088-W — Notebook Tray Installation Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-lxnb-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DIM-LXNB — Notebook Tray Dimensional Drawing (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-lx-wm-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount — Product Sheet (PDF, confirms Notebook Tray 50-193-200 as the LX laptop accessory)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron does not publish a standalone marketing datasheet for the Notebook Tray; the installation guide and dimensional drawing above are the primary official specification sources for this part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Notebook Tray\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the tray actually attach to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn Ergotron LX monitor arm. Ergotron names the LX LCD Arm and the LX Wall Mount Arm specifically. It is an accessory with no base of its own, so it cannot be used on a desk by itself. For any arm other than an LX, Ergotron’s instruction is to contact Ergotron about load limitations — send SourceIT your arm model and we will check it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat weight of laptop will it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg) when combined with the LX LCD Arm. Almost every mainstream 13 to 16 in business laptop falls inside that band.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is there a minimum weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause Ergotron LX arms use Constant Force lift technology, which is counterbalanced to the load it carries. Too light and the arm is over-tensioned and drifts upward; too heavy and it will not hold position. Set the arm’s tension to the actual notebook after fitting the tray, and re-set it if you change machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a maximum laptop screen size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron publishes none for this tray, so we do not quote one. Specify by weight instead. If your notebook is physically much larger than the tray, send us the model and we will check the footprint against Ergotron’s dimensional drawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the laptop lock to the tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Retention is by non-slip pads, and Ergotron states directly that these will not hold all notebooks in all circumstances. Treat it as a desk accessory rather than a security mount — for mobile or public-facing use, specify a cart with an integrated security system such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003eNeo-Flex Laptop Cart (24-205-214)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The tray bolts to the LX arm’s own mounting plate with M4 x 10 mm screws. Ergotron does not print a VESA designation for this interface, which is why confirming your exact arm model matters more here than a VESA pattern would.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I still tilt and rotate the screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — the tray inherits the arm head’s motion, so the notebook tilts forward and backward and rotates between portrait and landscape. Ergotron publishes no degree figures for the tray itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty applies in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEvery Ergotron Notebook Tray sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice. Ergotron does not publish a separate manufacturer warranty term for this accessory — its published schedule covers monitor mounts, carts, charging systems and desks by category, and the LX arm this tray fits carries a 10-year Ergotron term. Rather than quote a figure Ergotron does not publish, we will confirm the exact coverage that applies to your order in writing before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41846447505572,"sku":"50-193-200","price":80.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/50-193-200-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251312"},{"product_id":"ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-white-45-505-216","title":"Ergotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm for Displays up to 34\" White (45-505-216) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm — Verified Datasheet Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm (White, 45-505-216) mounts a single display of up to 34 inches to the wall and moves it on Ergotron’s patented Constant Force™ lift. The datasheet rates it for monitors of 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) on a VESA MIS-D pattern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24.6″ of Reach and 13″ of Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm extends up to 24.6″ (63 cm) from the wall and offers 13″ (33 cm) of height adjustment, 180° tilt (↑90° \/ ↓90°), 180°\/360° pan and 360° rotation between portrait and landscape — then folds back flat against the wall when the screen is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eZero Desk Footprint for Compact Singapore Workspaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause nothing clamps to the desk, the MXV Wall arm suits reception counters, clinical bays, retail back-of-house, meeting-room displays and hot-desks where the worksurface must stay completely clear. A removable base rotation stop limits swing to 180° where a wall or partition restricts movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled with Wall Bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm arrives fully assembled with its wall mounting bracket and monitor mounting hardware at 6.4 lbs (2.9 kg), so installation is a single-person job onto a suitably rated wall structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-Year Ergotron Warranty, Local Singapore Support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the MXV Wall Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty. Bought from SourceIT it ships with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-505-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall — wall mounting bracket included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Ergotron Constant Force™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 lbs (2.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.3 lbs (3.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with local warranty and GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical LCD Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 34″ (≤ 34″ diagonal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D (75 x 75 mm \/ 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13″ (33 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° (↑90° \/ ↓90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° \/ 360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° — portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24.6″ (63 cm) from the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation Stop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable base rotation stop limits the range to 180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV-shaped, slim-profile wall monitor arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant Force™ — tool-free repositioning that holds its set position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34.4″ x 9.4″ x 6.3″ (87.5 x 23.8 x 16 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit and compatibility for the Ergotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm (45-505-216):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D — 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm hole patterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical LCD size up to 34″ diagonal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall only — wall mounting bracket supplied; this arm does not clamp to a desk or grommet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFix into a wall structure rated for the combined arm and display weight; concrete, solid masonry or a correctly located stud\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltrawide \u0026amp; Curved Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA 34″ ultrawide is within the stated typical LCD size — confirm the panel weighs 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-VESA Monitors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays without a VESA pattern need the monitor manufacturer’s VESA adapter plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you need to clamp to a desk instead, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; MXV Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled MXV wall arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm — finishes and part numbers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-505-026\"\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminum\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-505-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm — White (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-505-216\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRelated Ergotron desk and wall arms at SourceIT:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm (single)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-496 \/ 45-518 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-505-026\"\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-505 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241 \/ 45-490 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm (heavy-duty)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-505\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-mxv-wall-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT can also supply a quotation, GST invoice and delivery\/installation details for Singapore customers on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the MXV Wall finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFunction is identical between polished aluminium (45-505-026) and white (45-505-216) — only the finish changes. Both carry 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) and the same 10-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat monitor size and weight does the MXV Wall arm support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates it for a typical LCD size of up to 34″ and a display weight of 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does it extend from the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 24.6″ (63 cm), and it folds back close to the wall when retracted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold two monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — it is a single-screen wall arm. For two wall-mounted screens see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-dual-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-32-polished-aluminum-45-479-026\"\u003eHX Wall Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wall can I mount it on?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFix into a structure rated for the combined weight of the arm and display — concrete, solid masonry or a correctly located stud. Ergotron supplies the wall mounting bracket; anchors appropriate to your wall type may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat VESA pattern do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVESA MIS-D — 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm. Monitors without a VESA pattern require the manufacturer’s adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the HX Wall Monitor Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-478-026\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e is the heavy-duty option — 20–42 lbs (9–19 kg) and displays up to 49″. The MXV Wall is the slimmer arm for mainstream monitors up to 34″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this Ergotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron MXV Wall Monitor Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the MXV Wall Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ergotron Difference: MXV Monitor Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/C5ETxStNhIw\" title=\"The Ergotron Difference: MXV Monitor Arms\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41848832131236,"sku":"45-505-216","price":280.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-505-216-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251210"},{"product_id":"ergotron-mxv-desk-monitor-arm-white-45-486-216","title":"Ergotron MXV Desk Mount Monitor Arm White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Mount Monitor Arm White (45-486-216) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Clean, Fully Assembled Monitor Arm for Displays up to 34 Inches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm (45-486-216) arrives fully assembled with its two-piece mounting clamp already fitted — attach it to the desk, hang the screen, done. It carries displays up to 34″ weighing 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg), which covers the great majority of office monitors including most 27″ and 32″ 4K panels and lighter 34″ ultrawides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e13 Inches of Constant Force Lift, Set With One Hand\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented Constant Force™ technology balances the arm through its whole 13″ (33 cm) of vertical travel, so the screen moves to a new height with a fingertip and stays where it is put. Nothing to unlock, nothing to tighten, no gas strut to lose pressure — the reason these arms survive several monitor generations in shared and hot-desked offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Widest Tilt Range in the Range: 90 Degrees Up, 90 Degrees Down\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA full 180° of tilt, 360° of rotation for portrait working and 180°\/360° of pan give far more angular freedom than a typical monitor stand. The screen can be dropped and tilted right back for a standing check, spun to portrait for code and documents, or swung round to a colleague without anyone moving chairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eReclaims the Desk on Shallow Singapore Bench Desks\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm reaches up to 22.2″ (56 cm) and then tucks the screen back toward the desk edge when the surface is needed. Removing a bulky factory stand frees the deepest and most useful strip of worksurface — a real gain on the 600–700 mm bench desks standard in Singapore offices — and the arm's slim polished profile keeps the desk looking uncluttered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486-216 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-monitor desk mount arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Constant Force™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-piece desk mounting clamp (included, factory fitted)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 34″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D (100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm hole pattern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13″ (33 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° total — 90° up \/ 90° down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° \/ 360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° — portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22.2″ (56 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable routing along the arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 lbs (2.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.3″ x 7.6″ x 6.6″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.5 lbs (3.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MXV Desk Monitor Arm is the mid-weight, clean-looking option in Ergotron's desk range: lighter duty than the HX, simpler and slimmer than the LX, and supplied fully assembled. Confirm the display's VESA pattern and its weight without the factory stand before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D — 100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 34″ diagonal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) — measured without the factory stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-piece desk clamp, supplied fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied with this configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — see the MXV Wall Monitor Arm (45-505)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e a 34″ ultrawide sits right at this arm's size limit, so weight is the deciding factor — check the panel is 20 lbs (9.1 kg) or under without its stand. Heavier 34″ panels and anything larger belong on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e (up to 49″ and 42 lbs), and deeply curved 1000R displays on the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-matte-black-45-647-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVery light screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Constant Force mechanism has a lower limit of 7 lbs (3.2 kg). Panels lighter than that will drift upward and will not hold position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm (45-496)\u003c\/a\u003e is the dual version, but note its tighter 24″ per-screen size limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; MXV Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled MXV desk arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-piece desk mounting clamp (fitted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm — Finishes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003ePolished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-black-45-486-224\"\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther MXV Arms in the SourceIT Catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-monitor-arm-white-45-486-216\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm, White — single screen up to 34″\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-496-026 \/ 45-496-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm — two screens up to 24″\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-518-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-white-45-518-216\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm with Under Mount C-Clamp\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-505-026 \/ 45-505-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-505-026\"\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm — single screen up to 34″\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHeavier-Duty Alternatives\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475-026 \/ 216 \/ 224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm — up to 49″ and 42 lbs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-478-026 \/ 45-478-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-478-026\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm — up to 49″ and 42 lbs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm — 7–25 lbs, full motion\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-486\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm official product page (ergotron.com)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-mxv-fur-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the datasheet emailed as a PDF for a tender or quotation? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd at sales@sourceit.com.sg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat finishes does the MXV Desk Monitor Arm come in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes three: polished aluminium (45-486-026), white (45-486-216, this listing) and matte black (45-486-224). All three share identical capacity, lift, reach and VESA support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat monitor size and weight does it support?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays up to 34″ weighing 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg), measured without the factory stand. Both ends of that range matter — a panel under 7 lbs will not hold position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a single or dual monitor arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle. For two screens, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm (45-496)\u003c\/a\u003e is the direct equivalent — but note it is limited to 24″ per display, not 34″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it mount, and does it need a grommet hole?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships with a two-piece desk mounting clamp already fitted, so it attaches to the desk edge with no drilling and no grommet hole. If you need an under-desk C-clamp fixing instead, Ergotron builds that as a separate configuration — see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-white-45-518-216\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm with Under Mount C-Clamp\u003c\/a\u003e for the dual version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for standard displays — VESA MIS-D covers the common 100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm patterns. Screens with a larger or proprietary pattern need the display manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it for sit-stand working?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt gives 13″ (33 cm) of lift, which is generous for seated adjustment and useful on a height-adjustable desk, but it is not a full sit-stand arm. For moving a screen between seated and standing eye lines on a fixed-height desk, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-sit-stand-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-360-026\"\u003eLX Sit-Stand Desk Arm (45-360-026)\u003c\/a\u003e gives 20″ (51 cm) of travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the MXV compare with the Ergotron LX and HX arms?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MXV is the slim, fully assembled mid-weight option: 7–20 lbs, up to 34″, with the widest tilt range at 180°. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e carries a similar 7–25 lbs but reaches further and accepts more accessories. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e is the heavy-duty choice at 20–42 lbs and up to 49″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the MXV Desk Monitor Arm come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the MXV Desk Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ergotron Difference: MXV Monitor Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/C5ETxStNhIw\" title=\"The Ergotron Difference: MXV Monitor Arms\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/coEA8w4XrcU\" title=\"Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm: Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/a_FeBC-7EIo\" title=\"Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm: Easy Installation\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41848838389924,"sku":"45-486-216","price":255.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-486-216-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251235"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-desk-mount-lcd-arm-tall-pole-45-295-026","title":"Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm Polished Aluminum","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole for Displays up to 34\" Polished Aluminum (45-295-026) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtra Vertical Height for Taller Users and Standing Desks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tall pole version of the Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm swaps the standard 20 cm pole for a 34 cm pole, lifting your display significantly higher above the worksurface. That extra headroom matters for taller users, for sit-stand desks where the screen needs to travel further, and for anyone who has been propping a monitor on books to reach eye level. Combined with 33 cm (13 in) of height adjustment on the arm itself, it gives one of the widest vertical positioning ranges of any single-monitor desk arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Force™ Motion: Fingertip Adjustment That Stays Put\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented Constant Force™ lift-and-pivot technology lets you move the monitor with one finger and leave it exactly where you set it, with no knobs to loosen and no drift over the working day. The arm delivers 360° pan, 360° rotation between portrait and landscape, and 75° of tilt, and it is rated to pass Ergotron's 10,000-cycle motion test so it keeps that feel for years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReclaim Desk Space in Compact Singapore Offices\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting the monitor off its factory stand frees the entire footprint beneath the screen for documents, a laptop or a second keyboard. With up to 64 cm (25 in) of extension and a retraction to under 66 mm from the pole, you can pull the display forward for detailed work and push it flat against a partition when the desk is needed for something else - a real advantage in hot-desking and shared-office layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits Displays up to 34 Inches and 11.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm supports monitors from 3.2 kg to 11.3 kg (7-25 lbs) at sizes up to 34 inches, covering everything from a standard 24-inch office panel to a 34-inch ultrawide. Mounting is via the VESA FDMI MIS-D 100 x 100 mm or 75 x 75 mm pattern, and cables route beneath the arm and out of sight for a clean desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-monitor desk mount arm, tall pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne (1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePole Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 cm tall pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-piece desk clamp (included on all finishes); grommet mount included on 45-295-026, sold separately on 45-537-216 and 45-537-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Clamp Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-51 mm (0.31-2 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11-41 mm (0.5-1.63 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Constant Force™ lift-and-pivot motion technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCables route beneath the arm, out of the way\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-295-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with local Singapore warranty and GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.2-11.3 kg (7-25 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Display Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 34 in diagonal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D, 100\/75, C (100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortrait and landscape (360° rotation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 cm (13 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75° total (70° up \/ 5° down)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 64 cm (25 in); 65 cm (25.6 in) maximum reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess than 66 mm (2.6 in) minimum approach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurability Testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePasses Ergotron's 10,000-cycle motion test\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 x 29 x 15 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole mounts a single display of up to 34 inches weighing between 3.2 kg and 11.3 kg (7-25 lbs). It attaches using the industry-standard VESA FDMI MIS-D pattern, so it fits any monitor with 100 x 100 mm or 75 x 75 mm mounting holes. Monitors that use a proprietary pattern, or none at all, will need a VESA adapter plate from the display manufacturer before mounting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo mounting methods are supported. The included two-piece desk clamp fits desk edges from 8 mm to 51 mm thick, which covers almost every office desk and workstation in Singapore. The grommet mount, supplied with the polished aluminium 45-295-026 and available separately for the white and matte black finishes, passes through an existing cable hole in worksurfaces 11 mm to 41 mm thick and is the neater option for shared benching. Confirm your desk has clearance behind the mounting point for the 34 cm pole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltrawide and curved displays are supported as long as their weight stays within the 11.3 kg limit and their VESA pattern matches. Because a wide panel places its mass further from the pivot, mount it centrally and re-tension the arm after fitting. Note that when the arm carries more than 20 lbs, the lower end of the vertical lift range is reduced by up to 114 mm (4.5 in) per Ergotron's dimensional data.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne (1) LX monitor arm and extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e34 cm tall pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard two-piece desk clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrommet mount (included with 45-295-026 only; sold separately for 45-537-216 and 45-537-224)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor mounting hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole — Finishes \u0026amp; Part Numbers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-295-026 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolished Aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-monitor-arm-tall-pole-matte-black-45-537-224\"\u003e45-537-224\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-monitor-arm-tall-pole-white45-537-216\"\u003e45-537-216\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOther LX Single-Monitor Desk Arms in the SourceIT Catalogue\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003e45-241-026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Polished Aluminium (20 cm pole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-241-224\"\u003e45-241-224\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Matte Black (20 cm pole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-white-45-490-216\"\u003e45-490-216\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, White (20 cm pole)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAccessories \u0026amp; Mounting Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-notebook-tray-50-193-200\"\u003e50-193-200\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Notebook Tray - adds a laptop position to an LX pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-extension-45-289-026\"\u003e45-289-026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Extension, Polished Aluminium - adds reach to an LX arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-295\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-056-eo-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole — Official Datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-056-tallpole-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Tall Pole — Dimensional Drawing (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a formal quotation, bulk pricing or an installation quote for Singapore delivery? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd and quote part number 45-295-026.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the tall pole version and the standard LX Desk Monitor Arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the pole. The tall pole models (45-295-026, 45-537-216, 45-537-224) use a 34 cm pole; the standard LX Desk Monitor Arm (\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003e45-241-026\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-241-224\"\u003e45-241-224\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-white-45-490-216\"\u003e45-490-216\u003c\/a\u003e) uses a 20 cm pole. Weight capacity, display size, lift, tilt, pan, rotation and extension are identical across both.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich finishes are available and do they differ in specification?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree: polished aluminium (45-295-026), matte black (45-537-224) and white (45-537-216). The mechanical specifications are the same. The only functional difference is in the box - the polished aluminium version ships with the grommet mount included, while the white and matte black versions ship with the desk clamp only and take the grommet mount as a separate accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size and weight of monitor does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays up to 34 inches diagonal weighing 3.2 kg to 11.3 kg (7-25 lbs). There is a minimum as well as a maximum: a monitor lighter than 3.2 kg may not have enough mass for the Constant Force mechanism to hold position smoothly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my desk, and do I need a grommet hole?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe supplied two-piece clamp fits desk edges 8-51 mm thick and needs no drilling. If you prefer to mount through an existing cable hole, the grommet option handles worksurfaces 11-41 mm thick. Either method works; the clamp is faster to install and the grommet is tidier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes my monitor need a VESA mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The arm uses the VESA FDMI MIS-D pattern in either 100 x 100 mm or 75 x 75 mm. Most business monitors include one of these. If your display has no VESA holes, you will need an adapter bracket from the monitor manufacturer before it can be mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I add a second monitor later?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot to this arm - it is a single-display mount. If you need two screens, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-dual-desk-mount-side-by-side-arm-polished-aluminum-45-245-026\"\u003eLX Dual Side-by-Side Arm\u003c\/a\u003e for two screens at the same height, or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-dual-desk-mount-stacking-arm-for-displays-up-to-40-polished-aluminum-45-549-026\"\u003eLX Dual Stacking Arm, Tall Pole\u003c\/a\u003e for one display above the other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ergotron Difference: LX Monitor Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gMCfbt0sxqI\" title=\"The Ergotron Difference: LX Monitor Arms\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Monitor Arm Adjustments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/G6yI0vggTYo\" title=\"Ergotron LX Monitor Arm Adjustments\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Ergotron LX Monitor Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8w_3pzQcjfg\" title=\"Install Ergotron LX Monitor Arm\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole from Ergotron: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/49ceV8xw5eo\" title=\"LX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole from Ergotron: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41848839176356,"sku":"45-295-026","price":300.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/681441449797.main-orig.jpg?v=1790251192"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex®-monitor-stand-single-33-310-060","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex® Monitor Stand Single Monitor Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex® Monitor Stand Single Monitor Mount (33-310-060) - 3 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Freestanding Single-Monitor Stand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Neo-Flex Monitor Stand is a versatile, space-saving way to add ergonomic adjustment to a single display up to 27 inches. It sits on the desk — no clamp or grommet needed — and lets you tilt, swivel and rotate the screen for a comfortable, healthy viewing position at home or in the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRaise the Screen to a Healthier Height\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith 5 inches (12.7 cm) of height adjustment plus 30° tilt and 270° swivel, the stand helps set a more natural, eye-level viewing angle that reduces neck and back strain during long sessions — a smart, low-cost ergonomic upgrade for any desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePortrait and Landscape in Seconds\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display rotates a full 360° between portrait and landscape, so designers, coders and multitaskers can match orientation to the task and cut screen glare, with smooth, precise movement every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStable, Space-Saving and Tool-Free\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA weighted, non-slip base keeps a monitor up to 16 lbs (7.3 kg) secure while freeing desk space beneath the screen. Tool-free assembly means you can set it up — or move it — in minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Monitor Stand Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex® Monitor Stand (single)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-310-060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \/ Silver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreestanding desktop stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 27\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–16 lbs (2.7–7.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D 75 x 75 \u0026amp; 100 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight \/ Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\" (12.7 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel \/ Pan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e270°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMetal column and weighted non-slip base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neo-Flex Monitor Stand holds a \u003cstrong\u003esingle display up to 27 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e weighing \u003cstrong\u003e6–16 lbs (2.7–7.3 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e on a VESA MIS-D 75 x 75 or 100 x 100 mm plate. It is a \u003cstrong\u003efreestanding desktop stand\u003c\/strong\u003e — it needs no desk clamp or grommet hole, so it is ideal for desks where you cannot or prefer not to clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor two screens on a single freestanding base, see the Neo-Flex Dual LCD Monitor Lift Stand (33-396-085). For a clamp-mounted arm with greater reach and lift, consider the LX family.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Neo-Flex monitor stand column, weighted base, VESA bracket and hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Neo-Flex Desktop Stands\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Monitor Stand, single (up to 27\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-310-060 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual LCD Monitor Lift Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-lcd-monitor-lift-stand-33-396-085\"\u003e33-396-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Touchscreen Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-touchscreen-stand-33-387-085\"\u003e33-387-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-310\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Monitor Stand product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-074-eav2-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Lift Stands datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex Monitor Stand\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big a monitor does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA single display up to 27 inches weighing 6–16 lbs (2.7–7.3 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp to the desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — it is a freestanding stand with a weighted, non-slip base, so no clamp or grommet hole is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I rotate the screen to portrait?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, it rotates a full 360° between portrait and landscape and tilts 30°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e5 inches (12.7 cm) of lift, plus 270° swivel to share the screen easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat VESA pattern do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMIS-D 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it covered by warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex Monitor Stand sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex Monitor Stand with a 3-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41848841306276,"sku":"33-310-060","price":100.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/33-310-060-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251310"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-arm-grommet-mount-98-017","title":"Ergotron LX Arm Grommet Mount Accessory for WorkFit-T\/TL\/TLE","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eErgotron LX Arm Grommet Mount for WorkFit-T \/ WorkFit-TL (98-017) - Local Warranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Kit Ergotron Requires for Putting an LX Arm on a WorkFit-T or TL\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron is unambiguous about this one: the grommet accessory kit is \u003cstrong\u003erequired\u003c\/strong\u003e when attaching an LX arm to a WorkFit-T or WorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Workstation. It is not an optional upgrade — without it there is no sanctioned way to fix the arm to the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdds Monitor-Arm Reach to a Sit-Stand Desktop Riser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA WorkFit-T or TL raises the whole worksurface. Adding an LX arm on top puts the display on an independent axis, so the screen can be pulled forward, pushed back, raised and angled without moving the keyboard — the difference between a riser and a properly set-up ergonomic position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eListed as a WorkFit-T and WorkFit-TL Accessory by Ergotron\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's own WorkFit-T \u0026amp; WorkFit-TL product sheet lists the part as \"LX ARM GROMMET MOUNTING KIT FOR WORKFIT-T 98-017\", which is the confirmation to rely on when specifying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX Arm Grommet Mount Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX Arm Grommet Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-017\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet mounting kit for attaching an LX arm to a WorkFit sit-stand workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRequired by Ergotron when attaching an LX arm to a WorkFit-T or WorkFit-TL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal warranty — see note below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every SourceIT purchase, with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eConfirmed Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkstations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron WorkFit-T and WorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Workstations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSource\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron product page for 98-017; Ergotron WorkFit-T \u0026amp; WorkFit-TL product sheet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePublished Specification Limits\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this kit — the limit is the workstation's own total capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions, Weight, Materials, Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBox Contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron confirms this kit for the \u003cstrong\u003eWorkFit-T\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eWorkFit-TL\u003c\/strong\u003e Sit-Stand Workstations, and describes it as required for attaching an LX arm to either. Our product title also mentions WorkFit-TLE: a separate Ergotron grommet-kit guide does cover the T, TL and TLE together, but that document does not carry part number 98-017, so we cannot state TLE compatibility as a specification of this part. If you have a TLE, ask us and we will confirm with Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn the arm side, Ergotron's 98-017 page says only \"an LX arm\". The related grommet-kit guide names the LX Desk Mount LCD Monitor Arm, the LX Desk Dual Direct Arm and the LX Dual Side-by-Side Arm — again without printing the 98-017 part number, so treat that as a strong indication rather than a published specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat governs the load is the workstation, not the kit: Ergotron rates the WorkFit-T at 10–35 lb (4.5–15.9 kg) and the WorkFit-TL at 10–40 lb (4.5–18.2 kg) total mounted weight, and an LX arm plus display must fit inside that figure. Ergotron publishes no separate rating for the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit Accessory Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes no itemised box-contents list for this kit. It ships as the grommet mounting hardware needed to fix an LX arm to the WorkFit worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWorkFit Accessory Ordering Information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e98-017 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Arm Grommet Mount for WorkFit-T \/ WorkFit-TL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWorkFit Workstations and Kits at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003e33-406-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-black-97-933-085\"\u003e97-933-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003e97-934-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003e97-936-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Single HD Monitor Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLX Arms at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-241-224\"\u003e45-241-224\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm — matte black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-sit-stand-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-360-026\"\u003e45-360-026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Desk Arm — polished aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/98-017\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Arm Grommet Mount product page (98-017)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-workfit-t-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-T \u0026amp; WorkFit-TL product sheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-98-013-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Grommet Kit guide 888-98-013-W (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote on the third document: Ergotron's Grommet Kit guide covers mounting LX arms to the WorkFit-T, TL and TLE and names the compatible LX arms, but it does not print part number 98-017. We link it because it is the most detailed official guidance available, not as proof of this part's TLE compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX Arm Grommet Mount\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I really need this kit to fit an LX arm to a WorkFit-T?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ergotron states the grommet accessory kit is \u003cstrong\u003erequired\u003c\/strong\u003e when attaching an LX arm to a WorkFit-T or WorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work with the WorkFit-TLE?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's page for 98-017 names only the WorkFit-T and WorkFit-TL. A separate Ergotron grommet-kit guide covers T, TL and TLE but does not carry this part number, so we will not state TLE fit as a specification. Ask us and we will confirm with Ergotron for your model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich LX arms does it take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's 98-017 page says only \"an LX arm\". Its grommet-kit guide names the LX Desk Mount LCD Monitor Arm, LX Desk Dual Direct Arm and LX Dual Side-by-Side Arm. Tell us your arm's part number and we will check it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much weight can I put on the arm once it is fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe limit is the workstation's total mounted weight, not the kit's: Ergotron rates the WorkFit-T at 10–35 lb (4.5–15.9 kg) and the WorkFit-TL at 10–40 lb (4.5–18.2 kg), and that figure has to cover the arm as well as the display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is in the box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes no itemised contents list. The kit supplies the grommet mounting hardware for fixing the arm through the WorkFit worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs there an alternative if I only want a second screen?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the goal is dual displays rather than arm reach, the WorkFit Dual Monitor Kit (\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003e97-934-085\u003c\/a\u003e) mounts directly to the workstation without needing a grommet kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX Arm Grommet Mount sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice. Ergotron's current published warranty schedule (rev. 4 August 2026) sets terms by product category and has no category covering accessories or kits of this type, so we do not quote a manufacturer duration on this page — ask us and we will confirm the current term with Ergotron for your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41848842387620,"sku":"98-017","price":35.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/98-017-a-orig.jpg?v=1790251315"},{"product_id":"ergotron-hx-heavy-duty-tilt-pivot-98-540-216","title":"Ergotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt for HX Monitor Arm White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt for HX Monitor Arm White (98-540-216) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Upgrade That Lets an HX Arm Carry a 1000R Curved Ultrawide\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot (98-540-216) replaces the standard pivot on an HX Desk or HX Wall Monitor Arm so the arm can carry deep, heavy, deeply curved displays — the Samsung 49″ Odyssey G9 being the reference case. A curved panel carries its mass much further from the VESA plate than a flat screen of the same size, and this heavy-duty pivot is what stops it nodding forward over the course of a working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRated 28 to 42 lbs for Monitors 6 to 12 Inches Deep\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pivot is specified for displays weighing 28–42 lbs (12.7–19.1 kg) up to 49″, with a chassis depth of 6″–12″ (15–30 cm) measured without the stand. Ergotron's own HX Wall datasheet points to this accessory wherever monitor depth exceeds 6″ (15 cm) or weight exceeds 28 lbs (12.7 kg) — so if your panel crosses either line, this is the specified part, not an optional extra.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProtects the Arm You Already Own\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt around 2 lbs (1 kg) and a fraction of the price of a new mount, the pivot upgrades an existing HX installation rather than replacing it. For Singapore offices, trading desks and gaming or simulation rigs that already run HX arms and are moving up to a G9-class ultrawide, this is the whole conversion — unbolt the standard pivot, fit this one, remount the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDeliberately Controlled Motion for a Very Large Panel\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pivot gives 20° of tilt (15° backward, 5° forward) and 360° of rotation. The narrower tilt range compared with the standard HX pivot is the trade for holding a heavy curved screen securely — at this size, small, firm glare corrections are what actually get used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot (HX Monitor Arm Pivot Accessory)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-540-216 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement heavy-duty tilt pivot for HX monitor arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePurpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpgrades an HX Desk or HX Wall Monitor Arm to carry deep, heavy or 1000R curved ultrawide displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltrawide curved panels such as the Samsung 49″ Odyssey G9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28–42 lbs (12.7–19.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 49″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6″–12″ (15–30 cm), measured without the stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D, 75\/100 (100 x 100 mm \u0026amp; 75 x 75 mm hole pattern)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20° total — 15° backward \/ 5° forward\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 lbs (1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8″ x 6.9″ x 4.1″ (20.5 x 17.5 x 10.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.8 lbs (1.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Desk Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0″ (2.5 cm) or greater, for desk-mounted HX arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is an \u003cstrong\u003eaccessory, not a mount\u003c\/strong\u003e. It replaces the pivot between an existing HX arm and the display, so you must already own — or order alongside it — an HX Desk or HX Wall Monitor Arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHost Arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron HX Desk Monitor Arm and HX Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D 75\/100 — 100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 49″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28–42 lbs (12.7–19.1 kg) without the factory stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6″–12″ (15–30 cm) — the specification that matters most for curved panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurvature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits 1000R curved ultrawides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne — the pivot carries a single display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Thickness (desk-mounted hosts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.0″ (2.5 cm) or greater recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhen Ergotron says you need it:\u003c\/strong\u003e the official HX Wall datasheet specifies this tilt accessory wherever the monitor is deeper than 6″ (15 cm) \u003cem\u003eor\u003c\/em\u003e heavier than 28 lbs (12.7 kg). Either condition on its own is enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuying new instead of upgrading?\u003c\/strong\u003e If you do not already own an HX arm, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-matte-black-45-647-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot (45-647)\u003c\/a\u003e ships complete with this class of heavy-duty pivot already fitted — simpler than buying an arm and a pivot separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; HX Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty tilt pivot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachment hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: an Ergotron HX Desk or HX Wall Monitor Arm is required and is not included.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot — Ordering Information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-540-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhite (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCompatible HX Host Arms in the SourceIT Catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-white-45-475-216\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-matte-black-45-475-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-478-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-478-026\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-478-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-white-45-478-216\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOr Buy the Arm With the Pivot Already Fitted\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-647-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-matte-black-45-647-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-647-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-white-45-647-216\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther HX Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-009-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-triple-monitor-bow-kit-98-009-216\"\u003eHX Triple Monitor Bow Kit, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/98-540\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot official product page (ergotron.com)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-hxarms-fur-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron HX Monitor Arms datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the datasheet emailed as a PDF for a tender or quotation? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd at sales@sourceit.com.sg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat finish does the HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot come in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhite, part number 98-540-216. That is the finish Ergotron publishes for this accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat monitor size, weight and depth does it support?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays up to 49″ weighing 28–42 lbs (12.7–19.1 kg) with a chassis depth of 6″–12″ (15–30 cm), all measured without the factory stand. Depth is the specification most people forget to check on a curved panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need this pivot, or will my standard HX arm cope?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's datasheet is explicit: fit this accessory where the monitor is deeper than 6″ (15 cm) \u003cem\u003eor\u003c\/em\u003e heavier than 28 lbs (12.7 kg). Either condition alone is enough. Most deeply curved 1000R ultrawides, including the Samsung Odyssey G9, cross at least one of those lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich HX arms does it fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HX Desk Monitor Arm and the HX Wall Monitor Arm. SourceIT stocks both — see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-478-026\"\u003eHX Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e. The pivot is not a mount on its own and always needs a host arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it carry one screen or more?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne. It is a single-display pivot. To run three screens from an HX arm, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-triple-monitor-bow-kit-98-009-216\"\u003eHX Triple Monitor Bow Kit (98-009-216)\u003c\/a\u003e is the accessory to use, though its own limits are much lighter at 26″ and 10.2 lbs per screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for a standard 100 x 100 mm or 75 x 75 mm pattern — both are supported. Some large curved gaming panels ship with a proprietary bracket and need the display manufacturer's own VESA adapter plate; check the monitor manual first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I buy this, or the HX arm that already has the HD pivot?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you already own an HX arm, buy this pivot — it is a small, inexpensive upgrade. If you are starting fresh, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-matte-black-45-647-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot (45-647)\u003c\/a\u003e arrives complete and saves a step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the HX Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHX Monitor Arm Adjustments\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/giOfhNkGGdY\" title=\"HX Monitor Arm Adjustments\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstall Ergotron HX Monitor Arm with Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot or HD Pivot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/3GZYP7DwwCA\" title=\"Install Ergotron HX Monitor Arm with Heavy-Duty Tilt Pivot or HD Pivot\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41848843403428,"sku":"98-540-216","price":100.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/98-540-216-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790253305"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-extension-45-289-026","title":"Ergotron LX Extension Polished Aluminum","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Extension Polished Aluminum (45-289-026) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdd 9 Inches of Extra Reach to Any LX Monitor Arm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LX Extension (45-289-026) bolts a second extension segment onto an existing LX Desk Monitor Arm, LX Wall Monitor Arm or LX Keyboard Arm, increasing its horizontal reach by a further 9″ (23 cm). For deep Singapore workstations, reception counters and hot-desking pods where the standard LX arm cannot quite bring the screen to the user, this is the smallest and most economical fix available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAn Extra Pivot Point for Finer Screen Positioning\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond raw reach, the extension introduces another pivot point into the arm geometry. That extra joint lets the screen be swung around obstacles — a monitor riser, a partition, a CPU tower or a second user — instead of forcing a straight-line approach. Shared desks and two-person benches gain a great deal of practical adjustability from a single added segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePolished Aluminium to Match the LX Family\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe extension is finished in polished aluminium so it blends seamlessly with LX polished aluminium arms. White (45-289-216) and matte black (45-289-224) versions of the same accessory exist for colour-matched installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlan the Load Before You Extend\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding length changes the leverage on the arm, so Ergotron publishes a reduced capacity when the extension is fitted: 18 lbs (8.1 kg) on the LX Desk Mount Arm (45-241-026) and 36 lbs (16.4 kg) on the LX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm (45-268-026). Only one additional extension is permitted per LX configuration, and Ergotron does not recommend it on the LX Dual Desk Mount arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX Extension Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX Extension Arm Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-289-026 (polished aluminium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX arm extension accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdded Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9″ (23 cm) of additional horizontal reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional Pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — adds one further pivot point to the arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFit \u0026amp; Capacity Effect\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible With\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Desk Monitor Arm, LX Wall Monitor Arm and LX Keyboard Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtensions Per Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne additional extension only, per LX configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity with LX Desk Mount Arm (45-241-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced to 18 lbs (8.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity with LX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm (45-268-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced to 36 lbs (16.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Dual Desk Mount Arms (45-245-026, 45-248-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; Weight\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 lbs (0.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12″ x 4″ x 2.3″ (31 x 10 x 6 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.5 lbs (0.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupersedes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart number 45-244-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LX Extension is an \u003cstrong\u003earm accessory, not a mount\u003c\/strong\u003e: it has no VESA interface of its own and always sits between an existing LX arm segment and the screen pivot. Fit is therefore determined entirely by the host arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHost Arms Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Desk Monitor Arm, LX Wall Monitor Arm, LX Keyboard Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInherited from the host LX arm — the extension adds no VESA interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo change — the extension does not add a screen position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — inline arm segment; the host arm keeps its desk clamp, grommet, wall or pole base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Per Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne additional extension per LX arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcluded Configurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Dual Desk Mount Side-by-Side (45-245-026) and LX Dual Stacking (45-248-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e reach is rarely the limiting factor on a 34″ or 38″ ultrawide — weight is. Because fitting the extension lowers the arm's rated capacity to 18 lbs (8.1 kg) on a standard LX desk arm, check the display's weight without its stand before ordering. If the screen is heavier than that, an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-matte-black-45-475-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e rated to 42 lbs (19 kg) is the correct product instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesk thickness:\u003c\/strong\u003e unchanged — the extension does not touch the desk. The host LX arm's own clamp and grommet limits continue to apply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLX extension segment (polished aluminium)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachment hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLX Extension — Finishes\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-289-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePolished Aluminium (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-289-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite — not stocked; available to order\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-289-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black — not stocked; available to order\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCompatible LX Arms in the SourceIT Catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-241-224\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-490-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-white-45-490-216\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-295-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-lcd-arm-tall-pole-45-295-026\"\u003eLX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-268-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-wall-swing-arm-heavy-monitor-or-tv-mount-45-268-026\"\u003eLX HD Wall Swing Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated LX Accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-940-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-extension-arm-kit-polished-aluminum-97-940-026\"\u003eLX Extension Arm Kit, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-130-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-extension-arm-kit-white-98-130-216\"\u003eLX Extension Arm Kit, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-193-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-notebook-tray-50-193-200\"\u003eNotebook Tray for laptops\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-289\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Extension official product page (ergotron.com)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-056-eo-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron LX Desk Monitor Arm datasheet (PDF) — lists the 45-289 extension accessory\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the datasheet emailed as a PDF for a tender or quotation? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd at sales@sourceit.com.sg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX Extension\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the LX Extension finishes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the colour. 45-289-026 is polished aluminium (this listing), 45-289-216 is white and 45-289-224 is matte black. All three add the same 9″ (23 cm) of reach and share identical mechanical specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much extra reach does the LX Extension actually add?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e9″ (23 cm) of additional horizontal reach, plus one further pivot point in the arm. Ergotron permits only one additional extension per LX configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes adding the extension change how heavy a monitor I can mount?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ergotron publishes a reduced capacity once the extension is fitted: 18 lbs (8.1 kg) on the LX Desk Mount Arm (45-241-026) and 36 lbs (16.4 kg) on the LX HD Wall Mount Swing Arm (45-268-026). Weigh the display without its factory stand before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I fit the LX Extension to a dual-monitor LX arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron does not recommend it on the LX Dual Desk Mount Side-by-Side (45-245-026) or LX Dual Stacking (45-248-026) arms. For dual setups that need more reach, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-476-026\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm\u003c\/a\u003e, which reaches up to 24.5″ (60 cm) as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter with this extension?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The extension is an inline arm segment with no VESA interface of its own — the host LX arm's existing VESA bracket continues to carry the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the LX Extension and the LX Extension Arm Kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LX Extension (45-289) adds reach to an arm you already own. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-extension-arm-kit-polished-aluminum-97-940-026\"\u003eLX Extension Arm Kit (97-940-026 \/ 98-130-216)\u003c\/a\u003e is a different product — it supplies a complete additional LX arm, extension, pole collar and cap so that one desk-mount pole can carry a second, third or fourth screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the LX Extension come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX Extension sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LX Extension with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42360846450852,"sku":"45-289-026","price":55.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-289-026-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790253309"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-cart-with-lcd-pivot-sv42-6302-3","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Cart with LCD Pivot","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Cart with LCD Pivot, LiFe Powered, UK — SV42 Full-Featured Medical Cart (SV42-6302-3) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLiFe-Powered Mobile Workstation with Up to 12 Hours of Runtime\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron StyleView SV42 Cart with LCD Pivot is a fully powered mobile medical workstation running on a Lithium Iron Phosphate (LiFe) battery system with runtime of up to 12 hours and ultrafast recharge. That is a full Singapore nursing shift on one charge, which removes the mid-shift battery swap that plagues older sealed-lead-acid carts. This is the UK-plug variant (part suffix -3), matching Singapore's BS 1363 outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMedical-Grade Electrical Safety Certification\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SV42 power system is certified to UL\/EN\/IEC 60601-1 — the medical electrical equipment safety standard — and to FCC Part 15 Class A for emissions. For Singapore hospital biomedical engineering departments, a cart carrying 60601-1 certification clears procurement review far faster than a general-purpose powered trolley.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25″ (63.5 cm) Constant Force Lift with Full Pivot Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Constant Force lift column provides 25″ (63.5 cm) of sit-to-stand adjustment, and the LCD Pivot delivers 25° of tilt (+20°\/-5°), 24° of pan and 90° of rotation for portrait or landscape viewing. The mount takes displays up to 24″ weighing up to 31 lbs (14.1 kg) on the industry-standard VESA MIS-D pattern (100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAntimicrobial Worksurface and Integrated Peripherals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn antimicrobial-treated 22.4″W x 19.75″D (56.7 x 50.2 cm) worksurface, a four-port USB hub, a CPU lock and secure compartment, a scanner bracket, mouse and wrist rests, a keyboard tray, cable storage and a storage basket all come as standard. Four 4″ (10.2 cm) lockable casters carry the 93–97 lb (42.3–44.1 kg) cart. SourceIT supplies the SV42 in Singapore with local warranty and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView SV42 Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView SV42 LCD Pivot, Constant Force lift, LiFe powered (UK)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV42-6302-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile medical cart \/ workstation on wheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMount Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD Pivot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLithium Iron Phosphate (LiFe) battery power system; runtime up to 12 hours; ultrafast recharge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL\/EN\/IEC 60601-1; FCC Part 15 Class A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported Device \/ Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays up to 24″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 lbs (14.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Mounting Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D (100 x 100 mm \u0026amp; 75 x 75 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.4″W x 19.75″D (56.7W x 50.2D cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25″ (63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25° (+20°\/-5°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° (portrait\/landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 4″ (10.2 cm) lockable casters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Power \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction \/ Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable, easy-to-clean exterior composed of aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93–97 lbs (42.3–44.1 kg), depending on configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56″H x 34″W x 24.5″D (142 x 86 x 62 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127–131 lbs (57.7–59.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty Detail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year warranty for mechanical components; 3-year warranty on LiFe batteries, electric lift and switch; 2-year warranty on power modules and power coiled cords\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll specifications above are taken from the official Ergotron StyleView SV42 Series product sheet. Where Ergotron does not publish a figure for this configuration, the row is omitted rather than estimated.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay \/ device fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e This configuration supports Displays up to 24″ with a mounted weight capacity of 31 lbs (14.1 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA pattern.\u003c\/strong\u003e The display mount uses the VESA MIS-D (100 x 100 mm \u0026amp; 75 x 75 mm) standard. Most business and clinical monitors in this size class ship with one of these two hole patterns; a monitor that offers neither will need a VESA adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of screens.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cart is supplied as a single-screen workstation. Ergotron offers a separate SV Dual Monitor Kit for StyleView carts where a second screen is required — see the ordering tables below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting and mobility.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a mobile cart on a rolling base, not a desk-clamp, grommet or wall mount — there is no desk-thickness requirement and no wall fixing to plan. Four 4″ (10.2 cm) lockable casters\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron rates this mount by weight and diagonal size, not by aspect ratio. An ultrawide or curved panel that falls within the stated size and weight limits will mount, but its centre of gravity sits further from the mount than a conventional panel — check the display's own weight against the capacity figure above rather than assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingapore power.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the UK-plug variant (part number suffix -3), which matches Singapore's BS 1363 three-pin outlets — no travel adapter or plug change is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScanner bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eantimicrobial worksurface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCPU lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esecure compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efour-port USB hub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emouse and wrist rests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ekeyboard tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ecable storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003estorage basket. Drawers vary by configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView Cart Range — Ordering Information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-pole-cart-24-818-211\"\u003eStyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24-818-211\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePole cart, non-powered, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-laptop-cart-sv40-sv40-6100-0\"\u003eStyleView SV40 Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV40-6100-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight duty, laptop, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-sv40-sv40-6300-1\"\u003eStyleView SV40 Cart with LCD Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV40-6300-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight duty, LCD Pivot, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv41-6100-0\"\u003eStyleView SV41 Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV41-6100-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull featured, laptop, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-sv41-6200-0\"\u003eStyleView SV41 Cart with LCD Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV41-6200-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull featured, LCD Arm, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyleView SV42 Cart with LCD Pivot (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV42-6302-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull featured, LCD Pivot, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-1-drawer-1x1-sv43-1210-0\"\u003eStyleView SV43 Cart with LCD Arm, 1 Drawer (1x1)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV43-1210-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Arm, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-1-drawer-1x1-sv43-1310-0\"\u003eStyleView SV43 Cart with LCD Pivot, 1 Drawer (1x1)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV43-1310-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Pivot, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-life-powered-3-drawers-1x3-uk-sv44-1232-3\"\u003eStyleView SV44 Cart with LCD Arm, 3 Drawers (1x3)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV44-1232-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Arm, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-life-powered-1-tall-drawer-1x1-uk-sv44-12b2-3\"\u003eStyleView SV44 Cart with LCD Arm, 1 Tall Drawer (1x1)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV44-12B2-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Arm, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-life-powered-3-drawers-1x3-uk-sv44-1332-3\"\u003eStyleView SV44 Cart with LCD Pivot, 3 Drawers (1x3)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV44-1332-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Pivot, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated StyleView Accessories \u0026amp; Drawer Modules\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-primary-storage-drawer-single-97-863\"\u003eSV Primary Storage Drawer, Single\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-863\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-primary-storage-drawer-triple-97-865\"\u003eSV Primary Storage Drawer, Triple\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-865\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-supplemental-storage-drawer-single-97-862\"\u003eSV Supplemental Storage Drawer, Single\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-862\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-height-adjustable-keyboard-arm-97-827\"\u003eSV Height-Adjustable Keyboard Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-827\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-dual-monitor-kit-98-030\"\u003eSV Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-storage-bin-97-740\"\u003eSV Storage Bin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-740\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-front-tray-98-134\"\u003eSV Front Tray\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-134\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-life-replacement-battery-97-618\"\u003eSV LiFe Replacement Battery\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-618\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/sv42-6302\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Medical Computer Cart, LiFe Battery Power (SV42-6302)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/sv42series-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView SV42 Documentation Medical Cart — Product Sheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-175-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView® SV42 Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Cart — User's Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-220-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView® SV42 Cart with LCD Arm and LiFe Power System — User's Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/01-life-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView® Carts with Lithium Iron (LiFe) Battery Technology (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll documents above are hosted by Ergotron. Specifications published on this page are drawn from the official Ergotron StyleView SV42 Series product sheet.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView SV42\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long does the LiFe battery last on a charge?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the Lithium Iron Phosphate (LiFe) power system for a runtime of up to 12 hours with ultrafast recharge — designed to cover a full nursing shift without a mid-shift battery swap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the UK plug work in Singapore?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The -3 suffix denotes the UK-plug variant, which uses the same BS 1363 three-pin standard as Singapore. No adapter or plug change is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the cart certified for medical use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SV42 power system carries UL\/EN\/IEC 60601-1 certification — the medical electrical equipment safety standard — and FCC Part 15 Class A for emissions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat display can I mount?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays up to 24″ weighing up to 31 lbs (14.1 kg), on the VESA MIS-D pattern (100 x 100 mm and 75 x 75 mm). The LCD Pivot gives 25° tilt (+20°\/-5°), 24° pan and 90° rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much sit-stand adjustment does it offer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e25″ (63.5 cm) of Constant Force lift travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does the SV42 compare with the SV44 medication carts?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth use LiFe battery power. The SV42 is the full-featured documentation cart without a medication drawer bank; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-life-powered-3-drawers-1x3-uk-sv44-1332-3\"\u003eSV44 Cart with LCD Pivot, 3 Drawers (SV44-1332-3)\u003c\/a\u003e adds an auto-locking drawer system and StyleLink SKY per-user PIN access for controlled dispensing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre the drawers included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this SV42 configuration is a documentation cart. Ergotron notes that drawers vary by configuration on the SV42 platform; SourceIT can quote supplemental drawer modules separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Ergotron StyleView SV42 come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView SV42 sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView SV42 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNow in Grey: StyleView®️ Cart with LCD Pivot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/keG4N0gtSWc\" title=\"Now in Grey: StyleView®️ Cart with LCD Pivot\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView: Your cart. Your way.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/EUJAP5A8x-I\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView: Your cart. Your way.\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressions of StyleView: Your Work. Your Way.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/coPWqaNoHmM\" title=\"Impressions of StyleView: Your Work. Your Way.\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView: Fit for Every Body\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-dRzT-SRmDA\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView: Fit for Every Body\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42449718214820,"sku":"SV42-6302-3","price":8405.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/sv42-6302-aa-orig.jpg?v=1790251008"},{"product_id":"ergotron-zip40-charging-cart-uk-dm40-2009-3","title":"Ergotron Zip40 Charging Cart, UK","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Zip40 Charging Cart, UK (DM40-2009-3) for Laptops - Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCharge, Secure and Transport up to 40 Devices in One Cart\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Zip40 Charging Cart transports, secures and charges \u003cstrong\u003eup to 40 tablets and Chromebooks, or 30 full-size laptops\u003c\/strong\u003e in a single mobile unit. It is the charge-focused member of the Zip40 pair — the same cart, the same capacity, the same security and the same PowerShuttle charging, without the Ethernet cabling bundle. For sites that charge a fleet but image it elsewhere, that is the sensible place to spend the budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Built-In Upgrade Path to Full Device Management\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Zip40 Charging Cart already carries \u003cstrong\u003etwo mounting brackets for an Ethernet switch\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003etwo internal auxiliary outlets\u003c\/strong\u003e for switch and wireless access point installation. Add Ergotron's \u003cstrong\u003eZip40 Management Upgrade Kit (part 97-939)\u003c\/strong\u003e and an Ethernet switch — not included — and Ergotron states that updating devices by \u003cstrong\u003eWake-On-LAN\u003c\/strong\u003e becomes straightforward. Buy for today's requirement, upgrade when the fleet management case is made.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e40 Adjustable Dividers, Devices up to 15.6 Inches\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForty adjustable dividers and nine small-device divider stoppers configure the cart around your fleet. Set \u003cstrong\u003e28 mm slots\u003c\/strong\u003e for 40 tablets and Chromebooks, or open to \u003cstrong\u003e48 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e for 30 thicker laptops. The maximum device is \u003cstrong\u003e15.6 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e within an envelope of \u003cstrong\u003e43.4 x 28.4 cm including case and power cord plug\u003c\/strong\u003e — the largest in the Ergotron Zip range, covering essentially any standard school or office laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePowerShuttle Charging on Four 10-Outlet Strips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented \u003cstrong\u003ePowerShuttle\u003c\/strong\u003e technology manages charging across \u003cstrong\u003efour 10-outlet power strips\u003c\/strong\u003e, and built-in fans keep batteries cool to extend their working life. This \u003cstrong\u003e-3\u003c\/strong\u003e SKU is rated \u003cstrong\u003e220–240 V, 12–10 A, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e — Singapore mains — on a 3 m country-specific cord that stows in a recessed wrap rather than trailing behind the cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Point Locking Steel Doors and Dual-Wheel Locking Casters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-point locking steel doors\u003c\/strong\u003e with a key lock secure the fleet, two keys are supplied, and the door is \u003cstrong\u003eremovable\u003c\/strong\u003e to make loading a class set less of a fight. An optional bracket locks the cart in place where it lives. At \u003cstrong\u003e79 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e empty, the four \u003cstrong\u003e12.7 cm dual-wheel locking casters\u003c\/strong\u003e earn their keep — Ergotron notes dual-wheel designs take less effort to move than single-wheel ones. Worth checking lift access and doorway widths before planning moves between floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertified and Supplied for Singapore\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Zip40 is certified to \u003cstrong\u003eUL 62368-1\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eCAN\/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1-14\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ergotron scopes the \u003cstrong\u003e-3\u003c\/strong\u003e suffix to the UK, Ireland, \u003cstrong\u003eSingapore\u003c\/strong\u003e, Malaysia and Hong Kong, making this the correct part number for a local deployment. SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Zip40 Charging Cart Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM40-2009-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile charging cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Zip40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegional Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUK \/ Ireland \/ Singapore \/ Malaysia \/ Hong Kong\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL 62368-1; CAN\/CSA C22.2 No. 62368-1-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLimited lifetime, for as long as the original end user owns the product (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMechanical Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron) — casters, hinges, doors, handle, lock and padlock, dividers, shelves and fasteners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron) — timer module, controller, electrical outlets, switches, power buttons, fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron) — power and Ethernet cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every SourceIT purchase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDevice Capacity \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 40 tablets and Chromebooks, or 30 full-size laptops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.6 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Device Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43.4 x 28.4 cm (17.1 x 11.2 in), including case and power cord plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity at 28 mm Slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity at 48 mm Slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDividers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 adjustable dividers plus 9 small-device divider stoppers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMobility \u0026amp; Security\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 12.7 cm (5 in) dual-wheel locking casters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCaster Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-wheel, which Ergotron states takes less effort than single-wheel models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-point locking steel doors with key lock; removable door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeys Supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional Security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional bracket to lock the cart in place\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCord Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecessed cord wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCharging, Power \u0026amp; Dimensions\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical Input (this SKU)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220–240 V~, 12–10 A, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Cord\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m (9.8 ft), country-specific, stored in a recessed cord wrap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 10-outlet power strips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Switch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower ON\/OFF switch; external auxiliary outlet(s)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented PowerShuttle technology for safe and fast charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVentilation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in fans keep batteries cool to extend battery life\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNetwork Provision\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo mounting brackets for an Ethernet switch and two internal auxiliary outlets for Ethernet switch and wireless access point installation (switch and WAP not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66.4 x 112.5 x 82.2 cm (26.15 x 44.29 x 32.36 in), W x H x D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCart Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79 kg (175 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e94 x 76 x 132 cm (37 x 30 x 52 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg (221 lbs)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecifications above are taken from the official Ergotron Zip40 datasheet, which covers the charging and the charging-and-management carts jointly. Ergotron does not publish a per-outlet or per-bay output rating, a PowerShuttle staging schedule, a total AC outlet count, an internal shelf or bay count, slot depth, or operating temperature and humidity limits for these carts, so none are stated here.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Zip40 takes \u003cstrong\u003eup to 40 tablets and Chromebooks, or 30 full-size laptops\u003c\/strong\u003e, with screens \u003cstrong\u003eup to 15.6 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e and a maximum device envelope of \u003cstrong\u003e43.4 x 28.4 cm including case and power cord plug\u003c\/strong\u003e. That is the largest device size in the Ergotron Zip range and covers essentially any standard school or office laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity depends on slot width.\u003c\/strong\u003e Set the 40 adjustable dividers to 28 mm and the cart holds 40 devices; open them to 48 mm for thicker laptops and it holds 30. Nine small-device divider stoppers are supplied for tablets that would otherwise sit loose in a bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eElectrical:\u003c\/strong\u003e this \u003cstrong\u003e-3\u003c\/strong\u003e SKU runs at \u003cstrong\u003e220–240 V, 12–10 A, 50\/60 Hz\u003c\/strong\u003e — matching Singapore mains — on a 3 m country-specific cord stored in a recessed wrap, feeding four 10-outlet power strips. Ergotron's patented \u003cstrong\u003ePowerShuttle\u003c\/strong\u003e technology manages charging, and built-in fans keep batteries cool to extend their life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobility and siting:\u003c\/strong\u003e the cart measures \u003cstrong\u003e66.4 x 112.5 x 82.2 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs 79 kg (175 lbs) empty, rolling on four \u003cstrong\u003e12.7 cm dual-wheel locking casters\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ergotron notes that dual-wheel casters take less effort to move than single-wheel designs, which is worth having at this weight. Check lift access and doorway widths before deploying across floors. Security is via \u003cstrong\u003e3-point locking steel doors\u003c\/strong\u003e with a key lock, two keys supplied, a removable door for loading, and an optional bracket to lock the cart in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUpgrading to device management later:\u003c\/strong\u003e this is the charge-only Zip40. Ergotron sells the \u003cstrong\u003eZip40 Management Upgrade Kit (part 97-939)\u003c\/strong\u003e separately, and states that with that kit plus an Ethernet switch (not included) it becomes easy to update devices using \u003cstrong\u003eWake-On-LAN\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both Zip40 models already provide two mounting brackets for a switch and two internal auxiliary outlets for switch and access-point installation, so the upgrade path is built in. Alternatively the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-and-management-cart-uk-dm40-2008-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging and Management Cart (DM40-2008-3)\u003c\/a\u003e ships with the Ethernet cabling from new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Zip40 Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 dividers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 small-device divider stoppers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour 10-outlet power strips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo 20-unit brick storage trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour 12.7 cm (5 in) dual-wheel locking casters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal auxiliary outlet(s)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo mounting brackets for an Ethernet switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo internal auxiliary outlets for Ethernet switch and WAP installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower ON\/OFF switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCountry-specific power cord, 3 m (9.8 ft), in a recessed cord wrap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn Ethernet switch is not included.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cart provides the brackets and internal outlets to fit one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eZip40 — part numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM40-2009-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eZip40 Charging Cart — UK \/ IE \/ SG \/ MY \/ HK (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM40-2008-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-and-management-cart-uk-dm40-2008-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging and Management Cart — UK \/ IE \/ SG \/ MY \/ HK\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron lists both Zip40 models in six regional configurations: -1 US\/CA\/MX, -2 EU, \u003cstrong\u003e-3 UK\/IE\/SG\/MY\/HK\u003c\/strong\u003e, -4 AU\/NZ, -5 CN and -6 JP. \u003cstrong\u003eThe -3 SKU is the correct part number for Singapore.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron charging systems and accessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip40 Management Upgrade Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/97-939\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ePart 97-939 — adds device management to the charge-only Zip40\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip12 Charging Desktop Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip12-charging-wall-cabinet-uk-dm12-1012-3\"\u003eDM12-1012-3 — 12 devices to 14 in, countertop\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZip12 Charging Wall Cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip12-charging-wall-cabinet-uk-dm12-1006-3\"\u003eDM12-1006-3 — 12 devices to 12 in, wall-mounted\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/zip40-chargingcart-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Zip40 Charging Cart and Charging and Management Cart — official datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/dm40-2009\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Zip40 Charging Cart — product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/97-939\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Zip40 Management Upgrade Kit (97-939) — product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Product Warranty Terms \u0026amp; Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes a single datasheet covering both the Zip40 Charging Cart (DM40-2009) and the Zip40 Charging and Management Cart (DM40-2008).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron warrants its Zip charging systems by component rather than under a single headline term: \u003cstrong\u003elimited lifetime on the frame, 5 years on mechanical components, 3 years on electrical components and 1 year on cables\u003c\/strong\u003e. We state it that way deliberately — the parts that actually wear on a charging product are the fans, outlets and controller, and those carry the 3-year electrical term rather than the frame's lifetime cover. Ergotron also sells a paid extended warranty for AC-power charging carts (part SRVC-DM5YR-PSCART), which is an add-on rather than the standard term. SourceIT supplies every Zip system with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Zip40 Charging Cart\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many devices does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 40 tablets and Chromebooks, or 30 full-size laptops. With the 40 adjustable dividers set to 28 mm slots you get 40 bays; opened to 48 mm for thicker laptops you get 30. Nine small-device divider stoppers are supplied for tablets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the largest device that fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA screen up to 15.6 inches, within an envelope of 43.4 x 28.4 cm including the case and the power cord plug. That covers essentially any standard school or office laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add device management to this cart later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron sells the Zip40 Management Upgrade Kit, part 97-939, and both Zip40 models already include two mounting brackets for an Ethernet switch and two internal auxiliary outlets. Alternatively the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-and-management-cart-uk-dm40-2008-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging and Management Cart (DM40-2008-3)\u003c\/a\u003e ships with 40 CAT6 cables, three cable storage trays, a 5.9 m CAT6 cable and Velcro strips from new.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs an Ethernet switch included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — not on either Zip40 model. Both provide two mounting brackets for a switch and two internal auxiliary outlets for switch and wireless access point installation, but the switch is customer-supplied. Ergotron's Wake-On-LAN claim is stated against the management upgrade kit and assumes a switch is fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it suit Singapore mains?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. This -3 SKU is rated 220–240 V, 12–10 A, 50\/60 Hz, and Ergotron scopes the suffix to the UK, Ireland, Singapore, Malaysia and Hong Kong. It ships with a 3 m country-specific cord stored in a recessed wrap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is it, and how does it move?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe cart weighs 79 kg (175 lbs) empty and rolls on four 12.7 cm dual-wheel locking casters, which Ergotron notes take less effort to move than single-wheel designs. Check lift access and doorway widths before planning to move it between floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is it secured?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e3-point locking steel doors with a key lock, two keys supplied, plus a removable door that makes loading easier. Ergotron also offers an optional bracket to lock the cart in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does PowerShuttle do, and is the charging staged?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron describes PowerShuttle as supporting safe and fast charging, and publishes a comparative claim of charging up to 40% faster than a competitor's round-robin charging cart — a marketing claim given without test conditions. Ergotron does not state on the Zip40 datasheet whether charging is staged or simultaneous, or how many devices charge at once, so we do not quote figures for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Zip system sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice. Ergotron backs the Zip range with a tiered manufacturer warranty rather than a single term: limited lifetime on the frame, 5 years on mechanical components (casters, hinges, doors, handle, lock, dividers, shelves), 3 years on electrical components (timer module, controller, outlets, switches, fans) and 1 year on cables. If you have seen a flat \"lifetime\" or \"5 year\" figure quoted for these products elsewhere, this tiered breakdown is the accurate position from Ergotron's own warranty policy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Zip40: What Is Your Ideal Charging Cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DVmpZvBwhPQ\" title=\"Ergotron Zip40: What Is Your Ideal Charging Cart?\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42449754128548,"sku":"DM40-2009-3","price":3055.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/dm40-2008or9-a-orig.jpg?v=1790253309"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv41-6100-0","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Laptop Cart","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Laptop Cart, SV41 Full-Featured Medical Cart (SV41-6100-0) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Featured Mobile Laptop Cart for EMR at the Bedside\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron StyleView SV41 Laptop Cart is the full-featured non-powered laptop cart in the StyleView range. It accepts laptops up to 17.3″ with an 18 lbs (8.2 kg) device capacity, and adds the equipment clinicians actually ask for over the light-duty SV40: a four-port USB hub, a PC\/laptop cable lock, left and right mouse trays, a rear handle and a storage basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20″ (51 cm) Constant Force Sit-Stand Lift\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lift column gives 20″ (51 cm) of tool-free sit-to-stand height adjustment. Constant Force technology means the worksurface stays exactly where it is placed regardless of the load on it, so there is no drift over a long shift and no need to re-set the height every time a device is added or removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRolls Quietly on Bearing Casters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere the light-duty SV40 uses standard casters, the SV41 runs on four 4″ (10.2 cm) casters with bearings — two of them front-lockable — on a 17″ x 21″ (43 x 53.3 cm) wheel-to-wheel base. Bearing casters make a noticeable difference over long corridor runs and on the vinyl and terrazzo floors common in Singapore hospitals, and the rear handle gives staff a proper push point rather than gripping the worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure Device Storage and Four-Port USB Hub\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA PC\/laptop cable lock and a secure CPU compartment protect the device between rounds, while the integrated four-port USB hub keeps a barcode scanner, signature pad and label printer permanently connected. The easy-to-clean aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated steel exterior stands up to hospital-grade disinfectant. SourceIT supplies the SV41 in Singapore with local warranty and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView SV41 Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView SV41 Laptop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV41-6100-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile medical cart \/ workstation on wheels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMount Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported Device \/ Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptops up to 17.3″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 lbs (8.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22.4″W x 19.75″D (56.7W x 50.2D cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Compartment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.75″W x 14.75″D x 4″H (45 x 37.5 x 10.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17″ x 21″ (43 x 53.3 cm) wheel-to-wheel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (51 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour 4″ (10.2 cm) casters with bearings; two front casters are lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Power \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction \/ Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable, easy-to-clean exterior composed of aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 lbs (25 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e53″D x 34″W x 36″H (135 x 89 x 91 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 lbs (37.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty Detail\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-year warranty for mechanical components; 1-year warranty for electrical components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll specifications above are taken from the official Ergotron StyleView SV41 Series product sheet. Where Ergotron does not publish a figure for this configuration, the row is omitted rather than estimated.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay \/ device fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e This configuration supports Laptops up to 17.3″ with a mounted weight capacity of 18 lbs (8.2 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA pattern.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish a VESA pattern for this configuration on its official product sheet. If you are mounting a specific display, contact SourceIT and we will confirm fit against Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of screens.\u003c\/strong\u003e This cart is supplied as a single-screen workstation. Ergotron offers a separate SV Dual Monitor Kit for StyleView carts where a second screen is required — see the ordering tables below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting and mobility.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a mobile cart on a rolling base, not a desk-clamp, grommet or wall mount — there is no desk-thickness requirement and no wall fixing to plan. Four 4″ (10.2 cm) casters with bearings; two front casters are lockable\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved displays.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron rates this mount by weight and diagonal size, not by aspect ratio. An ultrawide or curved panel that falls within the stated size and weight limits will mount, but its centre of gravity sits further from the mount than a conventional panel — check the display's own weight against the capacity figure above rather than assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingapore power.\u003c\/strong\u003e This configuration is non-powered and requires no mains connection for the cart itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePC\/laptop cable lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esecure CPU compartment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efour-port USB hub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003escanner holder bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emouse holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ewrist rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003enegative-tilt keyboard tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003emouse trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003erear handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003estorage basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ecable storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003efour casters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView Cart Range — Ordering Information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-pole-cart-24-818-211\"\u003eStyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003e24-818-211\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePole cart, non-powered, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-laptop-cart-sv40-sv40-6100-0\"\u003eStyleView SV40 Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV40-6100-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight duty, laptop, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-sv40-sv40-6300-1\"\u003eStyleView SV40 Cart with LCD Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV40-6300-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight duty, LCD Pivot, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStyleView SV41 Laptop Cart (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV41-6100-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull featured, laptop, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-sv41-6200-0\"\u003eStyleView SV41 Cart with LCD Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV41-6200-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull featured, LCD Arm, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-cart-with-lcd-pivot-sv42-6302-3\"\u003eStyleView SV42 Cart with LCD Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV42-6302-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull featured, LCD Pivot, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-1-drawer-1x1-sv43-1210-0\"\u003eStyleView SV43 Cart with LCD Arm, 1 Drawer (1x1)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV43-1210-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Arm, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-1-drawer-1x1-sv43-1310-0\"\u003eStyleView SV43 Cart with LCD Pivot, 1 Drawer (1x1)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV43-1310-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Pivot, non-powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-life-powered-3-drawers-1x3-uk-sv44-1232-3\"\u003eStyleView SV44 Cart with LCD Arm, 3 Drawers (1x3)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV44-1232-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Arm, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-life-powered-1-tall-drawer-1x1-uk-sv44-12b2-3\"\u003eStyleView SV44 Cart with LCD Arm, 1 Tall Drawer (1x1)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV44-12B2-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Arm, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-pivot-life-powered-3-drawers-1x3-uk-sv44-1332-3\"\u003eStyleView SV44 Cart with LCD Pivot, 3 Drawers (1x3)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSV44-1332-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedication delivery, LCD Pivot, LiFe powered, UK\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated StyleView Accessories \u0026amp; Drawer Modules\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-primary-storage-drawer-single-97-863\"\u003eSV Primary Storage Drawer, Single\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-863\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-primary-storage-drawer-triple-97-865\"\u003eSV Primary Storage Drawer, Triple\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-865\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-supplemental-storage-drawer-single-97-862\"\u003eSV Supplemental Storage Drawer, Single\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-862\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-height-adjustable-keyboard-arm-97-827\"\u003eSV Height-Adjustable Keyboard Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-827\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-dual-monitor-kit-98-030\"\u003eSV Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-storage-bin-97-740\"\u003eSV Storage Bin\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-740\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-front-tray-98-134\"\u003eSV Front Tray\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-134\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-life-replacement-battery-97-618\"\u003eSV LiFe Replacement Battery\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-618\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/sv41-6100-0\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Medical Cart, Non-powered — Laptop Cart (SV41-6100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/sv41series-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView SV41 Documentation Medical Cart — Product Sheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-174-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView® SV41 Electronic Medical Records (EMR) Cart — User's Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-sv41europe-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eStyleView® SV41 — Dimensional Illustrations (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll documents above are hosted by Ergotron. Specifications published on this page are drawn from the official Ergotron StyleView SV41 Series product sheet.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView SV41\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does 'full-featured' mean on the SV41 compared with the SV40?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SV41 adds a four-port USB hub, a PC\/laptop cable lock, left and right mouse trays, a rear handle and a storage basket over the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-laptop-cart-sv40-sv40-6100-0\"\u003elight-duty SV40 (SV40-6100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e, and it rolls on bearing casters rather than standard ones. Device capacity (18 lbs \/ 8.2 kg) and lift travel (20″ \/ 51 cm) are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size laptop does it take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLaptops up to 17.3″, with a total device weight capacity of 18 lbs (8.2 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow much sit-stand adjustment does the SV41 Laptop Cart give?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20″ (51 cm) of tool-free Constant Force height adjustment, which holds position anywhere in the range regardless of the load on the worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow large is the worksurface?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e22.4″W x 19.75″D (56.7 x 50.2 cm), with a secure CPU compartment measuring 17.75″W x 14.75″D x 4″H (45 x 37.5 x 10.1 cm) below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I choose the Laptop or the LCD Arm version?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the laptop version if clinicians work from a notebook. Choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-sv41-6200-0\"\u003eSV41 Cart with LCD Arm (SV41-6200-0)\u003c\/a\u003e if they work from a mounted display and thin client — it takes screens up to 24″ at 35 lbs (15.9 kg), offers 27″ (68.6 cm) of lift and adds 65° tilt, 180° pan and 360° rotation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add drawers to this cart?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SV41 is the non-powered, non-drawered platform. If lockable medication drawers are required, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-1-drawer-1x1-sv43-1210-0\"\u003eSV43 medication delivery range\u003c\/a\u003e is the correct platform — it expands to five rows of single drawers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Ergotron StyleView SV41 come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView SV41 sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView SV41 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Laptop Cart, SV10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gCJuiSq6Qfo\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView® Laptop Cart, SV10\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView: Your cart. Your way.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/EUJAP5A8x-I\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView: Your cart. Your way.\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42449917870244,"sku":"SV41-6100-0","price":2645.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv41-6100-0-891023.jpg?v=1657650810"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex-dual-wideview-workspace-24-194-055","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex® Dual WideView WorkSpace","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex® Dual WideView WorkSpace (24-194-055) - 3 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Screens on a Cart That Moves With You\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace is a mobile, height-adjustable computer cart carrying two displays on a single crossbar. It is the answer when a two-screen workflow — records alongside imaging, a system alongside a form — needs to travel between wards, labs, classrooms and meeting rooms rather than stay at one desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20 Inches of Sit-Stand Range for Shared Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 20″ (51 cm) height-adjustment range means one cart serves a seated user and a standing one. For multi-shift environments across Singapore healthcare, education and operations teams, that is what keeps a shared unit comfortable for whoever is using it next.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDual Displays up to 22 Inches, Set at an Optimised Angle\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe crossbar carries two displays of up to 22 inches each, rotating 90° between portrait and landscape on VESA MIS-D. Ergotron specifies installing the pair at a 3.5° or 8.5° upward angle for optimised viewing; the dual displays are set at that angle rather than being individually tilt-adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything Travels: CPU, Cables, Scanner and Mouse\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16.5″ x 14″ (42 x 36 cm) worksurface with integrated keyboard tray and left\/right mouse tray sits above a CPU holder, cable storage box, scanner holder bracket and mouse holder, on four dual casters with two locking. The aluminium, high-grade plastic and powder-coated steel exterior wipes down easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex® Dual WideView WorkSpace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-194-055\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-tone grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCategory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile cart — height-adjustable dual-monitor computer cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (crossbar with two LCD mounts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo displays up to 22″ each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity (total on lift assembly)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11–46 lbs (5.0–20.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5″ W x 14″ D (42 x 36 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel-to-Wheel Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17″ W x 20.5″ D (43 x 52 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (50.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° portrait \/ landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-Display Angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstall at 3.5° or 8.5° upward angle for optimised viewing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual displays are not tilt-adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign, Mobility \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour dual casters; two locking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, high-grade plastic and powder-coated painted steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.5″ H x 19.75″ W x 24″ D (115.6 x 50.2 x 61 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 lbs (37 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Dual WideView WorkSpace carries \u003cstrong\u003etwo displays of up to 22 inches each\u003c\/strong\u003e on \u003cstrong\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a total lift-assembly capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e11–46 lbs (5.0–20.9 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Because the two screens share one crossbar, aim for a matched pair of similar size and weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne behaviour to know before ordering: the \u003cstrong\u003edual displays are not tilt-adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ergotron specifies installing them at a fixed 3.5° or 8.5° upward angle. If per-screen tilt is a requirement, the single-display \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-wideview-workspace-24-189-055\"\u003eNeo-Flex WideView WorkSpace (24-189-055)\u003c\/a\u003e gives 30° of tilt on one larger panel instead. Ultrawide and curved panels are generally not a fit here — two of them will exceed both the 22″ guidance and the crossbar width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a \u003cstrong\u003emobile cart\u003c\/strong\u003e there is no desk clamp, grommet or wall fixing involved. Plan instead around the \u003cstrong\u003e17″ x 20.5″ (43 x 52 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e wheel-to-wheel base and the doorways, thresholds and lift access on its route. A CPU holder is included so the computer travels with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e cart, crossbar with two LCD mounts, integrated worksurface\/keyboard tray with left\/right mouse tray, scanner holder bracket, mouse holder, rear handle, cable storage box, CPU holder, and four dual casters (two locking).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeo-Flex WideView Range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace (two-tone grey)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24-194-055 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex WideView WorkSpace, single display (two-tone grey)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-wideview-workspace-24-189-055\"\u003e24-189-055\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Ergotron Dual-Screen Options\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual LCD Monitor Lift Stand (desktop)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-lcd-monitor-lift-stand-33-396-085\"\u003e33-396-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual Monitor Wall Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-monitor-wall-mount-28-514-800\"\u003e28-514-800\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-194\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-075-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace user’s guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a desk stand or a mobile cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA mobile cart. Ergotron lists it under Mobile Carts — a rolling, height-adjustable dual-monitor computer cart, not a stand that sits on a desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size monitors does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo displays of up to 22 inches each on VESA MIS-D, with a total capacity of 11–46 lbs (5.0–20.9 kg) on the lift assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I tilt each screen individually?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron specifies installing the dual displays at a fixed 3.5° or 8.5° upward angle; they are not tilt-adjustable. For per-screen tilt, the single-display \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-wideview-workspace-24-189-055\"\u003eWideView WorkSpace (24-189-055)\u003c\/a\u003e offers 30°.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it work for standing use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — a 20″ (51 cm) height-adjustment range covers both seated and standing work on the same cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the computer go?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA CPU holder and cable storage box are included, so the desktop and its cabling travel with the cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWould a dual desktop stand be simpler for a fixed desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIf the workstation never moves, yes — the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-lcd-monitor-lift-stand-33-396-085\"\u003eNeo-Flex Dual LCD Monitor Lift Stand (33-396-085)\u003c\/a\u003e is a freestanding desktop option. Choose this cart when the two-screen setup has to travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace with a 3-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42451836666020,"sku":"24-194-055","price":1855.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/24-194-055-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790253310"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex-wideview-workspace-24-189-055","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex® WideView WorkSpace Cart","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex® WideView WorkSpace Cart (24-189-055) - 3 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Sit-Stand Computer Cart That Goes Where the Work Is\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace is a mobile, height-adjustable computer cart — not a desktop stand. Its open architecture carries a display, a CPU, a keyboard and a mouse on one rolling frame, so the whole workstation moves between wards, classrooms, meeting rooms and shop floors instead of staying tied to one desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20 Inches of Sit-Stand Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cart adjusts through a 20″ (51 cm) ergonomic height range, so the same unit works for a seated user at a chair and a standing user at a bedside or a counter. That range is what makes it practical for shared equipment in Singapore hospitals, polyclinics and training rooms where users change through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Displays up to 42 Inches, 16–50 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included LCD pivot carries a display of up to 42 inches weighing 16–50 lbs (7.3–22.7 kg) on VESA MIS-D, E or F patterns, with 30° of tilt and 90° of portrait\/landscape rotation. That covers large conferencing and imaging panels as well as ordinary office monitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Daily Movement and Easy Cleaning\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 16.5″ x 14″ (42 x 36 cm) worksurface with integrated keyboard tray and left\/right mouse tray sits over a 17″ x 20.5″ (43 x 52 cm) wheel-to-wheel base on four dual casters, two of them locking. The exterior is aluminium, high-grade plastic and powder-coated steel — durable and easy to wipe down, which matters in clinical settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex® WideView WorkSpace\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-189-055\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-tone grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCategory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile cart — height-adjustable computer\/display cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 (ships with a single LCD pivot)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 42″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16–50 lbs (7.3–22.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D \/ MIS-E \/ MIS-F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5″ W x 14″ D (42 x 36 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel-to-Wheel Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17″ x 20.5″ (43 x 52 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (50.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° portrait \/ landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSit-Stand Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWork sitting or standing across the 20″ (51 cm) height-adjustment range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign, Mobility \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour dual casters; front casters lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCables route through an expansive cable-management storage area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, high-grade plastic and powder-coated painted steel; easy-to-clean exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.5″ H x 19.75″ W x 24″ D (115.6 x 50.2 x 61 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 lbs (37 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace carries a \u003cstrong\u003esingle display of up to 42 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e weighing \u003cstrong\u003e16–50 lbs (7.3–22.7 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e on \u003cstrong\u003eVESA MIS-D, MIS-E or MIS-F\u003c\/strong\u003e. Note the 16 lbs lower bound — a very light panel will not load the lift mechanism correctly. The wide VESA support is what allows the larger conferencing and imaging panels that MIS-D-only mounts cannot take.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a \u003cstrong\u003emobile cart\u003c\/strong\u003e, so there is no desk clamp, grommet or wall fixing to plan for. What matters instead is the floor: the wheel-to-wheel base is \u003cstrong\u003e17″ x 20.5″ (43 x 52 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e on four dual casters with the front pair locking, so check doorway and corridor widths and any thresholds on the route it will travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA CPU holder is included, so a small-form-factor desktop travels with the cart rather than sitting on the floor. For a two-screen version of the same cart, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-dual-wideview-workspace-24-194-055\"\u003eNeo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace (24-194-055)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e cart, LCD pivot, integrated worksurface\/keyboard tray with left\/right mouse tray, scanner holder bracket, mouse holder, rear handle, cable storage box, CPU holder, and four dual casters (two locking).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeo-Flex WideView Range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex WideView WorkSpace, single display (two-tone grey)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24-189-055 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace (two-tone grey)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-dual-wideview-workspace-24-194-055\"\u003e24-194-055\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Ergotron Sit-Stand Workstations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003e33-406-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003e33-467-921\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-189\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-075-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace user’s guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this a desk stand or a cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is a mobile cart. Ergotron categorises it under Mobile Carts — a rolling, height-adjustable computer cart on four casters, not a stand that sits on a desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size display does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA single display of up to 42 inches, weighing 16–50 lbs (7.3–22.7 kg), on VESA MIS-D, MIS-E or MIS-F patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used standing as well as seated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It has a 20″ (51 cm) height-adjustment range, so the same cart suits a seated user and a standing user.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the computer travel with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — a CPU holder is included, along with a cable storage box, so the desktop and its cabling move with the cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it lock in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt rolls on four dual casters with the front casters lockable, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the Dual WideView WorkSpace?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-dual-wideview-workspace-24-194-055\"\u003eDual WideView WorkSpace (24-194-055)\u003c\/a\u003e swaps the single LCD pivot for a crossbar carrying two displays of up to 22 inches each. Choose this single-screen version when you want one larger panel — it goes up to 42 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace with a 3-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42451860422820,"sku":"24-189-055","price":1765.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/24-189-055_a-logo-orig.jpg?v=1790253313"},{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-c-single-ld-sit-stand-workstation-24-198-055","title":"Ergotron WorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation (24-198-055) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Complete Sit-Stand Workstation That Needs No Desk\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron WorkFit-C Single LD is a self-contained mobile workstation: display mount, worksurface, stowable keyboard tray and CPU holder on four dual casters. Nothing is clamped, drilled or fixed, so it drops straight into leased Singapore offices, clinics and training rooms where altering the furniture is not an option, and rolls to wherever the work is happening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25 Inches of Constant Force Lift\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatented Constant Force™ motion technology delivers 25″ (63.5 cm) of total height adjustment — the worksurface and display rise 20″ together and the display adjusts a further 5″ on its own. The cart moves from seated to standing in one smooth motion with no cranks, no motors and no power outlet, so a shared cart genuinely fits users of different heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for a Single 27-Inch Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Single LD configuration carries one display of up to 27″ weighing 5–18 lbs (2.3–8.1 kg), with a 27 lbs (12.2 kg) maximum load across the workstation and 25° of tilt plus 360° of rotation for portrait or landscape working. The VESA MIS-D mount fits the pattern used by most business monitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesk Space, Cables and Kit All Handled\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 24″ W x 23″ D worksurface, a 26.3″ W x 9.4″ D keyboard tray that stows underneath, and an included CPU holder with cable management keep the whole setup tidy and mobile — the cart can be parked flat against a wall between shifts without unplugging the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacked by Ergotron, Supported Locally\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the WorkFit-C with a 5-year manufacturer warranty. Bought from SourceIT it ships with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice, so facilities and finance teams have what they need for a multi-unit rollout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-198-055\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-tone grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand computer cart (freestanding, no desk required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Constant Force™ motion technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Size Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays up to 27″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Weight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–18 lbs (2.3–8.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 lbs (12.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24″ W x 23″ D (60.7 x 57.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.3″ W x 9.4″ D (66.8 x 24.0 cm), stowable under the worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25″ (63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface \u0026amp; Display in Tandem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Independent Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA further 5″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Mobility \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour dual casters, two front casters lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPU Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, with cable management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips with all platforms needed to mount the display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty Term\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-C Single LD carries displays up to 27″ and mounts through the VESA MIS-D pattern, which covers the hole spacing used by the large majority of business displays. Because the cart is freestanding on four dual casters, there is no desk clamp, grommet hole or wall fixing to plan for — it needs floor space and a lift or ramp route between rooms, nothing more. That makes it the practical option in Singapore offices with leased fit-outs where drilling desks or walls is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays that provide no VESA holes require the manufacturer's own VESA adapter plate. Ultrawide and curved panels are outside the published display-size specification for this model; where a larger or heavier screen is involved, look at the Single HD configuration or at an LX or HX desk arm instead. The stowable keyboard tray slides under the worksurface when the cart is parked, so it can be pushed against a wall between shifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal travel is 25″ (63.5 cm): the worksurface and display rise 20″ together and the display adjusts a further 5″ on its own, which is enough range to serve seated and standing users of very different heights on a shared cart — useful in ward rounds, training rooms and shift-based operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit-C Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkFit-C cart with stowable keyboard tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge worksurface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLCD pivot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCPU holder with cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll platforms needed to mount the monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour dual casters (two locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWorkFit-C Series — Configurations \u0026amp; Part Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-198-055\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation — Two-Tone Grey (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-215-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-single-ld-sit-stand-workstation-black-24-215-085\"\u003eWorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation — Black \u0026amp; Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-216-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-single-hd-sit-stand-workstation-black-24-216-085\"\u003eWorkFit-C Single HD Sit-Stand Workstation — Black \u0026amp; Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-214-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-dual-sit-stand-workstation-24-214-085\"\u003eWorkFit-C Dual Sit-Stand Workstation — Black \u0026amp; Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron Sit-Stand Models at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop converter, large worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop converter, deep worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter (33-467-921)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact desktop converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-z-mini-sit-stand-33-458-917\"\u003eWorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop (33-458-917)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-112-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Sit-Stand Workstation — Official Datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-198\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Single LD — Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit-C\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the WorkFit-C Single LD, Single HD and Dual?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle LD (24-198-055 two-tone grey, 24-215-085 black \u0026amp; grey) takes one display up to 27″; Single HD (24-216-085) takes one larger, heavier display up to 30″; Dual (24-214-085) takes two displays up to 24″ each. The cart, worksurface, keyboard tray and 25″ of lift are common to all of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow large and heavy a monitor will this configuration take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis configuration supports displays up to 27′ with a display weight range of 5–18 lbs (2.3–8.1 kg) and a maximum load of 27 lbs (12.2 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many screens does it hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1 display. If you need a different screen count, the WorkFit-C siblings listed in the ordering table cover single LD, single HD and dual configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need to be clamped to a desk or fixed to a wall?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The WorkFit-C is a freestanding mobile cart on four dual casters, two of which lock. There is no desk clamp, grommet hole or wall fixing, so no desk-thickness check is needed and no drilling is involved — an advantage in leased premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display mount uses the VESA MIS-D pattern. Most business monitors match it directly; a display with no VESA holes will need the manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it genuinely usable both sitting and standing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Constant Force™ lift gives 25″ (63.5 cm) of total height adjustment — 20″ with the worksurface and display moving together plus 5″ of independent display adjustment — so the same cart serves a seated user and a standing user, and moves between them in one motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it compare with the WorkFit-TL or WorkFit-TX?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-C is a complete mobile cart that needs no desk at all, so it rolls between rooms. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003eWorkFit-TX (33-467-921)\u003c\/a\u003e sit on top of an existing desk instead, which suits a fixed workstation where the desk is already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit-C sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit-C with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCube Life 2.0: The Uprising - Ergotron WorkFit®\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/sjgIrpeK-08\" title=\"Cube Life 2.0: The Uprising - Ergotron WorkFit®\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressions of a WorkFit® #7\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/0Re6WmQAkiI\" title=\"Impressions of a WorkFit® #7\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42451873235108,"sku":"24-198-055","price":1765.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/24-198-055_a-orig.jpg?v=1790251042"},{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-c-dual-sit-stand-workstation-24-214-085","title":"Ergotron WorkFit-C Dual Sit-Stand Workstation","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Dual Sit-Stand Workstation (24-214-085) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Screens, Sit or Stand, Anywhere on the Floor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron WorkFit-C Dual puts a full two-monitor workstation on casters. Traders, analysts, dispatch desks and support teams keep both screens, the keyboard and the CPU together as one unit that rolls between focus space and collaboration space — no desk, no clamp and no drilling required, which matters in leased Singapore offices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25 Inches of Constant Force Lift\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePatented Constant Force™ motion technology gives 25″ (63.5 cm) of total height adjustment: 20″ with the worksurface and displays rising together and a further 5″ of independent display adjustment. Changing posture is a single push, so people actually do it during the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for Two 24-Inch Displays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dual configuration carries two displays of up to 24″ each, with a display weight range of 12–28 lbs (5.4–12.7 kg) and a 32.5 lbs (14.7 kg) maximum load. Each screen rotates a full 360° between portrait and landscape on the VESA MIS-D mount, so long documents, code and logs can sit upright beside a landscape dashboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEverything Travels Together\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 24″ W x 23″ D worksurface, a stowable 26.3″ W x 9.4″ D keyboard tray and an included CPU holder with cable management are all part of the cart, riding on four dual casters with two front casters that lock the workstation in place once it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBacked by Ergotron, Supported Locally\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the WorkFit-C with a 5-year manufacturer warranty. Bought from SourceIT it ships with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Dual Sit-Stand Workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-214-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack \u0026amp; grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand computer cart (freestanding, no desk required)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Constant Force™ motion technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Size Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo displays up to 24″ each\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Weight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12–28 lbs (5.4–12.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32.5 lbs (14.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24″ W x 23″ D (60.7 x 57.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26.3″ W x 9.4″ D (66.8 x 24.0 cm), stowable under the worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25″ (63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface \u0026amp; Display in Tandem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay Independent Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA further 5″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified for the dual configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Mobility \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour dual casters, two front casters lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPU Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded, with cable management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips with all platforms needed to mount the display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty Term\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-C Dual carries two displays up to 24″ each and mounts through the VESA MIS-D pattern, which covers the hole spacing used by the large majority of business displays. Because the cart is freestanding on four dual casters, there is no desk clamp, grommet hole or wall fixing to plan for — it needs floor space and a lift or ramp route between rooms, nothing more. That makes it the practical option in Singapore offices with leased fit-outs where drilling desks or walls is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays that provide no VESA holes require the manufacturer's own VESA adapter plate. Ultrawide and curved panels are outside the published display-size specification for this model; where a larger or heavier screen is involved, look at the Single HD configuration or at an LX or HX desk arm instead. The stowable keyboard tray slides under the worksurface when the cart is parked, so it can be pushed against a wall between shifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal travel is 25″ (63.5 cm): the worksurface and display rise 20″ together and the display adjusts a further 5″ on its own, which is enough range to serve seated and standing users of very different heights on a shared cart — useful in ward rounds, training rooms and shift-based operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit-C Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorkFit-C cart with stowable keyboard tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge worksurface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLCD pivot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCPU holder with cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll platforms needed to mount the monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour dual casters (two locking)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWorkFit-C Series — Configurations \u0026amp; Part Numbers\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-198-055\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-single-ld-sit-stand-workstation-24-198-055\"\u003eWorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation — Two-Tone Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-215-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-single-ld-sit-stand-workstation-black-24-215-085\"\u003eWorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation — Black \u0026amp; Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-216-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-single-hd-sit-stand-workstation-black-24-216-085\"\u003eWorkFit-C Single HD Sit-Stand Workstation — Black \u0026amp; Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-214-085\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorkFit-C Dual Sit-Stand Workstation — Black \u0026amp; Grey (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron Sit-Stand Models at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop converter, large worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop converter, deep worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter (33-467-921)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact desktop converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-z-mini-sit-stand-33-458-917\"\u003eWorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop (33-458-917)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-112-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Sit-Stand Workstation — Official Datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-214\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-C Dual — Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit-C\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the WorkFit-C Single LD, Single HD and Dual?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle LD (24-198-055 two-tone grey, 24-215-085 black \u0026amp; grey) takes one display up to 27″; Single HD (24-216-085) takes one larger, heavier display up to 30″; Dual (24-214-085) takes two displays up to 24″ each. The cart, worksurface, keyboard tray and 25″ of lift are common to all of them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow large and heavy a monitor will this configuration take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis configuration supports two displays up to 24′ each with a display weight range of 12–28 lbs (5.4–12.7 kg) and a maximum load of 32.5 lbs (14.7 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many screens does it hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 displays. If you need a different screen count, the WorkFit-C siblings listed in the ordering table cover single LD, single HD and dual configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need to be clamped to a desk or fixed to a wall?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The WorkFit-C is a freestanding mobile cart on four dual casters, two of which lock. There is no desk clamp, grommet hole or wall fixing, so no desk-thickness check is needed and no drilling is involved — an advantage in leased premises.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display mount uses the VESA MIS-D pattern. Most business monitors match it directly; a display with no VESA holes will need the manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it genuinely usable both sitting and standing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Constant Force™ lift gives 25″ (63.5 cm) of total height adjustment — 20″ with the worksurface and display moving together plus 5″ of independent display adjustment — so the same cart serves a seated user and a standing user, and moves between them in one motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it compare with the WorkFit-TL or WorkFit-TX?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-C is a complete mobile cart that needs no desk at all, so it rolls between rooms. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921\"\u003eWorkFit-TX (33-467-921)\u003c\/a\u003e sit on top of an existing desk instead, which suits a fixed workstation where the desk is already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit-C sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit-C with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressions of a WorkFit® #7\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/0Re6WmQAkiI\" title=\"Impressions of a WorkFit® #7\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42451934314660,"sku":"24-214-085","price":1665.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/24-214-085-a9-orig.jpg?v=1790251052"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart Two-Toned Gray","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart Two-Toned Gray (24-206-214) - 3 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Complete Mobile Sit-Stand Monitor Workstation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart puts a monitor on an articulating arm above a worksurface, on a rolling base that goes wherever the work is. Nothing clamps to a desk and nothing fixes to a wall — which is exactly why it works in leased Singapore office space, training rooms, retail floors and clinical areas where a permanent installation is not an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e27 in of Height Adjustment, in Two Independent Stages\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies 27 in (68.6 cm) of total height adjustment, and the way it divides matters: 20 in (51 cm) of sit-to-stand travel with the monitor and worksurface moving in tandem, plus a further 7 in (17 cm) of independent screen adjustment on the arm. You set the working height for the person, then set the screen to their eye level separately — a real ergonomic advantage over carts where the display is fixed relative to the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Force Lift and Full Articulation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented Constant Force lift technology means the surface rises and falls with a light touch and stays exactly where it is put, no crank and no motor. The arm adds 65° of tilt, 180° of pan and 360° of rotation, so the screen turns to portrait for documents, angles down for a seated user or swings round to face a colleague or a patient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e26 lbs of Capacity, Plus a Mini PC Underneath\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe height-adjustment assembly carries up to 26 lbs (11.8 kg) in total, with the monitor on the arm limited to 12 lbs and a supported screen size up to 22 in. A VESA-compliant mini PC (75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm) attaches to the underside, and cables route neatly through an expansive cable-management storage area — so display, computer and cabling all travel together on one base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurable, Cleanable, Backed for Three Years\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cart is built from aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated, powder-coated steel with a durable, easy-to-clean exterior in a two-toned grey finish, on a stable 17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm) wheel-to-wheel base. Ergotron backs all Neo-Flex products with a 3-year manufacturer warranty, and SourceIT supplies the cart with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-206-214\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-toned grey (the -214 suffix denotes the two-toned grey finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand monitor cart with articulating screen mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented Constant Force lift technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years — confirmed on the Ergotron Neo-Flex LCD and Laptop Carts datasheet and in Ergotron's current published warranty document (3-year warranty on all Neo-Flex products)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every cart sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported Monitor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22 in — Ergotron notes the size may be exceeded provided the screen weight stays within the mount's maximum capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Weight Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12 lbs on the articulating arm; accommodates most VESA-compatible monitors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini PC Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA-compliant 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm mini PC attaches to the underside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Adjustment\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 26 lbs (11.8 kg) on the height-adjustment assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 in (68.6 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSit-Stand Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (51 cm) of monitor and worksurface moving in tandem\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent Screen Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA further 7 in (17 cm) of independent screen height adjustment on the articulating arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e65°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable, easy-to-clean exterior of aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated \/ powder-coated painted steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe, neat routing of cables through an expansive cable-management storage area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel-to-Wheel Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.8 lbs (17.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 lbs (25.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.75 x 15 x 45.25 in (55.2 x 38 x 115 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll figures above are taken from Ergotron's official Neo-Flex LCD and Laptop Carts datasheet and Ergotron's current warranty document. Caster count, caster diameter and the monitor VESA hole pattern are not published by Ergotron for this part number and are omitted rather than estimated — note in particular that the 75 x 75 mm \/ 100 x 100 mm figures on the datasheet refer to the underside mini-PC mount, not to the monitor interface.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neo-Flex LCD Cart is a self-contained mobile sit-stand workstation: a monitor on an articulating arm above a worksurface, on a rolling base. Nothing clamps to a desk and nothing fixes to a wall, so there is no desk thickness to check and no landlord permission required — which is why it suits leased Singapore office space, training rooms and clinical areas where fixed installations are not an option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment is 27 in (68.6 cm) in total\u003c\/strong\u003e, and it is worth understanding how that breaks down: 20 in (51 cm) of sit-to-stand movement with the monitor and worksurface travelling together, plus a further 7 in (17 cm) of independent screen height adjustment on the arm. That means you set the working height first and then fine-tune the screen to eye level separately — a genuinely better ergonomic outcome than a cart where the screen is fixed relative to the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo weight figures matter.\u003c\/strong\u003e The height-adjustment assembly carries up to 26 lbs (11.8 kg) total. Within that, the monitor on the articulating arm is limited to 12 lbs. Ergotron states a supported monitor size of up to 22 in, with the usual caveat that the size may be exceeded as long as screen weight stays within the mount's maximum. In practice a light modern 24 in panel often works where a heavy 22 in one would not — weight, not diagonal, is the deciding number. Larger curved or ultrawide panels are generally too heavy for a 12 lb arm limit; check the specification of your exact display, or ask SourceIT to check it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm gives 65° of tilt, 180° of pan and 360° of rotation, so the screen can be turned to portrait for documents and code, or swung round to show a colleague or a patient. A VESA-compliant mini PC (75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm) can be attached to the underside, keeping the whole workstation on one rolling base. Ergotron does not publish the monitor-side VESA hole pattern for this part number, so confirm your display's pattern with SourceIT before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne monitor, up to 22 in (weight permitting)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Weight Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 lbs on the arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Assembly Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 lbs (11.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile rolling base — no desk clamp, grommet or wall fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel-to-Wheel Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini PC Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm, underside\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor VESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish a formal itemised carton list for the Neo-Flex LCD Cart. What Ergotron does confirm as part of the product is the cart with its Constant Force lift assembly, the articulating monitor arm, the cable-management storage area and the underside VESA mini-PC mount. Distributor listings additionally describe a scanner holder bracket, mouse holder, power-strip bracket and cable wrap; ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in quantity. Note that the Universal CPU Holder (80-105-064) is an optional accessory and is \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNeo-Flex LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Carts — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24-206-214 — Neo-Flex LCD Cart, Two-Toned Gray (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 in (68.6 cm) total height adjustment · 26 lbs (11.8 kg) · monitor to 22 in \/ 12 lbs · 65° tilt, 180° pan, 360° rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart, Two-Toned Gray\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (50.8 cm) height adjustment · 15 lbs (6.8 kg) · 16.5 x 17.5 in worksurface · integrated laptop security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eErgotron Accessories Named on the Neo-Flex Cart Datasheet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-nf-cart-vertical-laptop-kit-97-546\"\u003e97-546 — NF Cart Laptop Vertical Kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical laptop storage for Neo-Flex carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-105-064 — Universal CPU Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional CPU holder — not included with the cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-544 — NF Cart Wire Basket Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a wire storage basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-545 — NF Cart Handle and Basket Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a push handle plus storage basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Neo-Flex Carts \u0026amp; Stands at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-wideview-workspace-24-189-055\"\u003e24-189-055 — Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight-adjustable widescreen display cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-dual-wideview-workspace-24-194-055\"\u003e24-194-055 — Neo-Flex Dual WideView WorkSpace\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-monitor workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-mobile-mediacenter-ld-cart-24-190-085\"\u003e24-190-085 — Neo-Flex Mobile MediaCenter LD Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 to 60 in display · 25 to 50 lbs (11.3 to 22.7 kg) · VESA MIS-D\/E\/F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-mobile-mediacenter-vhd-cart-24-191-085\"\u003e24-191-085 — Neo-Flex Mobile MediaCenter VHD Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 to 75 in display · 50 to 90 lbs (22.7 to 40.8 kg) · VESA MIS-D\/F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-ultra-heavy-duty-mobile-mediacenter-stand-24-192-085\"\u003e24-192-085 — Neo-Flex Mobile MediaCenter UHD Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 80 in display · 90 to 120 lbs (40.8 to 54.4 kg) · VESA MIS-D\/F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-102-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD and Laptop Carts — Official Datasheet (PDF, covers 24-206-214 and 24-205-214)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-206\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart (24-206) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-205\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart (24-205) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-125-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 888-24-125-W — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart Assembly Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-087-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Mobile MediaCenter Carts — Datasheet (PDF, related models)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron Neo-Flex carts across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it really give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e27 in (68.6 cm) in total. That is 20 in (51 cm) of sit-to-stand movement with the monitor and worksurface travelling together, plus a further 7 in (17 cm) of independent screen adjustment on the articulating arm. The two-stage design means you set the working height for the user and then fine-tune the screen to eye level separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and weight of monitor will it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron specifies up to 22 in, and notes the size may be exceeded provided screen weight stays within the mount's maximum. The weight limits are the ones that decide it: up to 12 lbs for the monitor on the articulating arm, and up to 26 lbs (11.8 kg) total on the height-adjustment assembly. Check your display's weight rather than its diagonal, or send SourceIT the model and we will check it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it take a curved or ultrawide monitor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsually not. Curved and ultrawide panels are generally heavier than the 12 lb arm limit allows. Ergotron's own guidance is that screen size can be exceeded only while staying inside the weight maximum, so the answer depends entirely on the specific panel — ask SourceIT to check the weight of yours before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter for my monitor?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron does not publish the monitor-side VESA hole pattern for this part number, so we cannot confirm it here. Note that the 75 x 75 mm \/ 100 x 100 mm figures on Ergotron's datasheet refer to the underside mini-PC mount, not to the monitor interface. Send SourceIT your monitor model and we will confirm what is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount a mini PC on it too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron confirms a VESA-compliant mini PC with a 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm pattern attaches to the underside, which keeps the display, the computer and the cabling on one rolling base. The Universal CPU Holder (80-105-064) is a separate optional accessory for full-size machines and is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp to a desk or fix to a wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeither. It is a self-contained mobile cart on a 17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm) wheel-to-wheel base, so there is no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — which makes it practical in leased offices, training rooms and clinical areas where fixed installation is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the Neo-Flex Laptop Cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003eNeo-Flex Laptop Cart (24-205-214)\u003c\/a\u003e carries a laptop on a 16.5 in x 17.5 in (42 x 44 cm) worksurface with 20 in (50.8 cm) of height adjustment, 15 lbs (6.8 kg) capacity and an integrated laptop security system. This LCD Cart mounts a monitor on an articulating arm instead, with more total travel (27 in) and more capacity (26 lbs \/ 11.8 kg), plus tilt, pan and rotation the laptop cart does not offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex LCD Cart with a 3-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeo-Flex LCD Cart from Ergotron: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/VDsiEWdOpF8\" title=\"Neo-Flex LCD Cart from Ergotron: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452189249700,"sku":"24-206-214","price":1550.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/698833015126.main-orig.jpg?v=1790251061"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart Two-Toned Gray","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart Two-Toned Gray (24-205-214) - 3 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Mobile Sit-Stand Workstation Built Around Your Laptop\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart turns any space into a working sit-stand station for a notebook computer. Nothing clamps to a desk, nothing fixes to a wall — it rolls in on its own base, works, and rolls out again. For Singapore offices, training rooms, classrooms and clinical areas where fixed installation is impractical or simply not permitted by the lease, that independence is the whole proposition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e20 in of Constant Force Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies 20 in (50.8 cm) of height adjustment using its patented Constant Force lift technology. The surface rises and falls with a light touch and stays exactly where it is set — no crank, no lever mechanism to fight and no motor to plug in. Moving from seated to standing takes a second, which is what makes people actually do it through a working day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized and Secured for 12 to 17 in Notebooks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16.5 in W x 17.5 in D (42 x 44 cm) worksurface holds almost any notebook, with or without a docking station, at a typical laptop size of 12 to 17 in. An integrated laptop security system covers that same 12 to 17 in range, and Ergotron supplies a 5-sided security wrench and an optional security screw — worth having when the cart lives in a shared office, a classroom or a public-facing area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTension the Lift to the Load — 3 to 15 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the cart at 3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg), and that is a working range rather than a simple ceiling. Constant Force lifts have to be tensioned to what they carry, and Ergotron's assembly guide warns specifically against loading below the minimum or above the maximum. Set the tension when you commission the cart, and re-set it if the laptop changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Materials, Cleanable Finish, Three-Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated, powder-coated steel with a durable, easy-to-clean exterior in two-toned grey, the cart weighs 33.8 lbs (15.4 kg) and rides on a stable 17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm) wheel-to-wheel base. Ergotron backs all Neo-Flex products with a 3-year manufacturer warranty, and SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-205-214\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo-toned grey (the -214 suffix denotes the two-toned grey finish)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented Constant Force lift technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 years — confirmed on the Ergotron Neo-Flex LCD and Laptop Carts datasheet and in Ergotron's current published warranty document (3-year warranty on all Neo-Flex products)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every cart sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15 lbs (6.8 kg) on the height-adjustment assembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking Weight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg) — the Constant Force lift must be tensioned to the applied load; do not load below the minimum or above the maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 in W x 17.5 in D (42 x 44 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlmost any notebook computer, with or without a docking station; typical laptop size 12 to 17 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated laptop security system for 12 to 17 in laptops; 5-sided security wrench and optional security screw supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (50.8 cm) — work sitting or standing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Tension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable to the applied load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt \/ Pan \/ Rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable, easy-to-clean exterior of aluminium, high-grade plastic and zinc-plated \/ powder-coated painted steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel-to-Wheel Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33.8 lbs (15.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 lbs (23.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.75 x 15 x 45.25 in (55.2 x 38 x 115 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference Documents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron datasheet 05-102-EA and assembly guide 888-24-125-W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eAll figures above are taken from Ergotron's official Neo-Flex LCD and Laptop Carts datasheet, its assembly guide 888-24-125-W and Ergotron's current warranty document. Caster count and diameter, a mouse tray and any tilt, pan or rotation figures are not published by Ergotron for this part number and are omitted rather than carried across from the LCD cart.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neo-Flex Laptop Cart is a self-contained mobile sit-stand workstation for a notebook computer. There is no desk to clamp to and no wall fixing, so no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — it rolls in, works, and rolls out. That suits leased offices, training rooms, classrooms, retail floors and clinical areas across Singapore where fixed installation is impractical or not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies a \u003cstrong\u003e16.5 in W x 17.5 in D (42 x 44 cm) worksurface\u003c\/strong\u003e and confirms it takes almost any notebook computer, with or without a docking station, with a typical laptop size of 12 to 17 in. An integrated laptop security system covers 12 to 17 in machines, and Ergotron supplies a 5-sided security wrench with an optional security screw — useful where the cart lives in a shared or public-facing space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe weight specification is a range, not just a ceiling: 3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg).\u003c\/strong\u003e Constant Force lift mechanisms are tensioned to the load they carry, and Ergotron's assembly guide warns explicitly against loading below the minimum or above the maximum. Always adjust the lift tension to the applied load after setting the cart up, and re-adjust it if you change the laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNote that this cart does not carry a monitor on an articulating arm. Ergotron publishes tilt, pan and rotation figures for the Neo-Flex LCD Cart but not for this model — the laptop sits on the worksurface and the screen angle is set on the laptop's own hinge. If you need a mounted, articulating display, the Neo-Flex LCD Cart is the model to specify.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlmost any notebook, with or without a docking station; typical size 12 to 17 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Window\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg) — both a minimum and a maximum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 in W x 17.5 in D (42 x 44 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (50.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated laptop security system for 12 to 17 in laptops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile rolling base — no desk clamp, grommet or wall fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel-to-Wheel Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish a formal itemised carton list for the Neo-Flex Laptop Cart. Ergotron's assembly guide 888-24-125-W confirms the cart ships with the Constant Force lift assembly, the integrated laptop security system, a 5-sided security wrench and an optional security screw. Distributor listings additionally describe a mouse tray and cable management; ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in quantity. The Universal CPU Holder (80-105-064) is an optional accessory and is \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNeo-Flex LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Carts — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart, Two-Toned Gray (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (50.8 cm) height adjustment · 3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg) · 16.5 x 17.5 in worksurface · integrated laptop security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214\"\u003e24-206-214 — Neo-Flex LCD Cart, Two-Toned Gray\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27 in (68.6 cm) total height adjustment · 26 lbs (11.8 kg) · monitor to 22 in \/ 12 lbs · 65° tilt, 180° pan, 360° rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eErgotron Accessories Named on the Neo-Flex Cart Datasheet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-nf-cart-vertical-laptop-kit-97-546\"\u003e97-546 — NF Cart Laptop Vertical Kit\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical laptop storage for Neo-Flex carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-105-064 — Universal CPU Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional CPU holder — not included with the cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-544 — NF Cart Wire Basket Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a wire storage basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-545 — NF Cart Handle and Basket Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a push handle plus storage basket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Mobile Workstations at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-wideview-workspace-24-189-055\"\u003e24-189-055 — Neo-Flex WideView WorkSpace Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight-adjustable widescreen display cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-c-single-ld-sit-stand-workstation-24-198-055\"\u003e24-198-055 — WorkFit-C Single LD Sit-Stand Workstation\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand workstation with monitor arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eSV10-1100-0 — StyleView Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-duty medical laptop cart · 15 in lift · 7-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003\"\u003e24-547-003 — LearnFit Mobile Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand desk, 29 to 45 in · 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-102-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD and Laptop Carts — Official Datasheet (PDF, covers 24-206-214 and 24-205-214)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-206\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex LCD Cart (24-206) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-205\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart (24-205) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-125-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 888-24-125-W — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart Assembly Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-087-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Mobile MediaCenter Carts — Datasheet (PDF, related models)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron Neo-Flex carts across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size laptop does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron confirms it holds almost any notebook computer, with or without a docking station, and gives a typical laptop size of 12 to 17 in. The integrated laptop security system is also specified for 12 to 17 in machines. The worksurface is 16.5 in W x 17.5 in D (42 x 44 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy is there a minimum weight as well as a maximum?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBecause Constant Force lift mechanisms are tensioned to the load they carry. Ergotron specifies a working range of 3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg) and its assembly guide warns explicitly not to load below the minimum or above the maximum. Adjust the lift tension to the applied load when you set the cart up, and re-adjust it if you change the laptop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e20 in (50.8 cm) — enough to work sitting or standing at the same cart. The Constant Force lift means the surface moves with a light touch and holds position without a crank, a lever or a motor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I lock the laptop to the cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. There is an integrated laptop security system for 12 to 17 in laptops, and Ergotron supplies a 5-sided security wrench along with an optional security screw. That matters where the cart lives in a shared office, a classroom, a training room or a public-facing area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it tilt or rotate the screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot as a cart function. Ergotron publishes tilt, pan and rotation figures for the Neo-Flex LCD Cart but not for this model — the laptop rests on the worksurface and screen angle is set on the laptop's own hinge. If you need a mounted, articulating display, specify the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214\"\u003eNeo-Flex LCD Cart (24-206-214)\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp to a desk or need wall fixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeither. It is a free-standing mobile cart on a 17.7 in x 23 in (45 x 58 cm) wheel-to-wheel base, so there is no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — practical in leased offices and clinical areas where fixed installation is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the StyleView SV10 Laptop Cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eStyleView SV10 Laptop Cart (SV10-1100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e is a healthcare-focused cart: lighter at 33 lbs (15 kg), a smaller 19 in square footprint, 15 in (38.1 cm) of lift and a 7-year warranty. The Neo-Flex Laptop Cart offers more travel at 20 in (50.8 cm) and a larger 16.5 x 17.5 in worksurface with integrated laptop security, on a 3-year warranty. Choose the SV10 for ward and clinic mobility, the Neo-Flex for general office, education and training use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex Laptop Cart with a 3-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/1rBJu0ihJ4w\" title=\"Ergotron Neo-Flex Laptop Cart: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452298563748,"sku":"24-205-214","price":1480.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/698833015119.pt01-orig.jpg?v=1790251070"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0","title":"Ergotron StyleView® S-Tablet Cart SV10","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® S-Tablet Cart SV10 for Microsoft Surface (SV10-1800-0) - 7 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt Specifically Around the Microsoft Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 is the version of the SV10 designed for Surface devices. Rather than a generic VESA mount, the worksurface uses embedded magnets that let the Surface click into place — on, off and repositioned in a second, with no bracket to unscrew. For a Singapore healthcare or education fleet standardised on Surface hardware, that changes how quickly a device moves between the cart and the clinician’s hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Largest Worksurface in the SV10 Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 23 in x 17 in (58 x 43 cm), the S-Tablet Cart’s worksurface is substantially bigger than the 18 in x 12.5 in surface on the other SV10 carts. Ergotron specifies that it holds any Surface tablet with extra area for a mouse or other task-related items — so the device, the pointing device and paperwork coexist rather than competing for space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Working Positions: Left, Right or Centre\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron confirms the Surface can be placed in three positions on the worksurface — left, right or centre. That sounds minor until you deploy across a ward: left-handed and right-handed staff set the device where it suits them, and the same cart works at a bedside approached from either side without being turned around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 in of Sit-Stand Lift on a One-Person Cart\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe worksurface adjusts through 15 in (38.1 cm) on Ergotron’s patented mechanical lift engine, with an integrated hand-brake securing the platform height. The whole cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg) on a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) base, so one person moves it between rooms and floors without assistance. Every SV10 also carries an integrated scanner holder as standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Powered, Cleanable, Seven-Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is no battery to manage and no drawers to service — this is a non-powered, light-duty cart, with an integrated T-slot for StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions if requirements change. Sturdy metal construction and a powder-coat finish on smooth steel surfaces make it straightforward to wipe down between patients. Ergotron backs it with a 7-year warranty, supplied by SourceIT with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView® S-Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV10-1800-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-duty, non-powered mobile medical cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 years — Ergotron’s StyleView 10 Carts datasheet prints “7-year warranty” and lists “7 years” in the specification table for SV10-1100-0, SV10-1400-0 and SV10-1800-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every cart sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8 lbs (3.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 in x 17 in (58 x 43 cm) — the largest in the SV10 range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpecial worksurface design uses embedded magnets for click-in stability of the Surface tablet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe Surface can be placed in three positions: left, right or centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron states the worksurface holds any Microsoft Surface tablet, with extra area for a mouse or other task-related items. Ergotron publishes no named list of specific Surface models\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — Ergotron lists no VESA interface for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38.1 cm) — Ergotron: “15 in (38 cm) of effortless worksurface height adjustment lets users sit or stand throughout the day”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented lift engine technology — mechanical, not electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated hand-brake secures platform height to provide an ultra-stable worksurface. Ergotron’s caution: completely release brake engagement before raising or lowering the cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Power \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCart Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-wheel, 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters; two casters can be locked if necessary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy, safe metal construction; powder-coat paint finish on smooth steel surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated scanner holder — fitted on every SV10 cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpansion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated T-slot accepts additional StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-powered.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron publishes no battery, no AC power system and no power specification for any SV10 cart. Power is available only as an optional add-on via the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 23.5 x 23.5 in (102 x 60 x 60 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 lbs (23 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s official StyleView 10 Carts datasheet (literature date 08.22.2022) and its SV10 installation guide. Minimum and maximum worksurface heights, total cart load capacity, an itemised carton contents list, exact caster count and disinfectant compatibility are \u003cstrong\u003enot published by Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e for these part numbers and have been omitted rather than estimated. Specifications from the powered StyleView SV4x carts have deliberately not been carried across — the SV10 is a non-powered cart with no drawers and no battery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting: none required.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SV10 is a self-contained mobile cart on a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) base. There is no desk clamp, no grommet, no wall fixing and no pole to install, so there is no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — which is precisely why it works in Singapore wards, clinics and consultation rooms where fixed installation is not practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSit or stand at the same cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies 15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface height adjustment on a mechanical lift engine, with an integrated hand-brake that locks the platform height for a stable working surface. Release the brake fully before adjusting height — that is Ergotron’s own instruction, and the most common cause of avoidable damage on these carts. Ergotron does not publish absolute minimum and maximum worksurface heights for the SV10, so we do not quote them; if a specific working height is critical to your specification, ask SourceIT to confirm with Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drawers, no battery.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is worth stating plainly because it is the most common misconception about the SV10 range. Ergotron publishes no drawers, no locking storage compartment and no integrated power system for any SV10 cart — those belong to the larger, powered StyleView SV4x medical carts. What the SV10 does have is an integrated T-slot that accepts StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, plus an integrated scanner holder fitted as standard. If you need on-board battery power, medication drawers or auto-locking storage, specify an SV4x cart instead and SourceIT will quote it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-wheel 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters, two of which can be locked. The whole cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg), which is light enough for one person to reposition across a ward without help — a meaningful difference over a full-size powered cart when the round involves lifts and door thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevice fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies a typical screen size of up to 12 in and a capacity of 8 lbs (3.6 kg) — comfortably more than the 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) of the standard Tablet Cart, which is what lets a Surface with a keyboard cover and a protective case ride on it. Ergotron states the worksurface holds any Microsoft Surface tablet but publishes no named list of specific Surface models, so we do not print one; send SourceIT your exact model and we will confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMagnets, not a bracket.\u003c\/strong\u003e Retention is by embedded magnets in the worksurface, giving click-in stability with no screws or clamps. That makes the device fast to remove and replace — but it is not a locking or anti-theft mount, so plan separate physical security if the cart lives in an unsupervised or public-facing area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo VESA on this model.\u003c\/strong\u003e Because the Surface sits on the magnetic worksurface rather than on an arm, Ergotron lists no VESA interface and no tilt figure for the SV10-1800-0. If you need a tablet held on a VESA MIS-D mount with 128° of tilt, specify the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eStyleView Tablet Cart SV10 (SV10-1400-0)\u003c\/a\u003e instead — noting its lower 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrosoft Surface tablets; typical screen size up to 12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Weight Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 lbs (3.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 in x 17 in (58 x 43 cm) — the largest in the SV10 range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmbedded magnets for click-in stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft, right or centre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA \/ Tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — Ergotron lists no VESA interface or tilt figure for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile rolling base — no desk clamp, grommet, wall or pole fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-powered; optional add-on power via the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView SV10 Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish a full itemised carton list for the SV10 S-Tablet Cart. Ergotron confirms as part of the product the cart with its lift engine and hand-brake, the magnetic Surface worksurface and an integrated scanner holder. The Surface device itself is not included. Ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView SV10 Family — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eSV10-1100-0 — StyleView Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop to 17 in · 10 lbs (4.5 kg) · 18 x 12.5 in worksurface · laptop retaining bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eSV10-1400-0 — StyleView Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet to 12 in · 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) · VESA MIS-D · 128° tilt · portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSV10-1800-0 — StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 for Microsoft Surface (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface tablets · 8 lbs (3.6 kg) · 23 x 17 in worksurface · embedded magnets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eErgotron SV10 Accessories Named on the StyleView 10 Datasheet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-828 — StyleView Sani-Wipes Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe-dispenser holder for the SV10 T-slot — ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-926-064 — StyleView Storage Bin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a storage bin to the SV10 T-slot — ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Mobile Carts at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-pole-cart-24-818-211\"\u003e24-818-211 — StyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim, non-powered pole cart · 13 lbs (5.9 kg) · VESA plate and T-slot · 5-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart · 20 in (50.8 cm) adjustment · integrated laptop security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003\"\u003e24-547-003 — LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand desk, 29 to 45 in · 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-styleview10-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView 10 Carts — Official Datasheet (PDF, covers SV10-1100-0, SV10-1400-0 and SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/sv10-1800-0\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron SV10-1800-0 — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-335-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 888-24-335-G — SV10 Cart Installation Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Microsoft Surface models fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron states the worksurface holds any Surface tablet, with extra area for a mouse or other items, but does not publish a named list of specific models — so we will not print one. The figures to work to are a typical screen size up to 12 in and a capacity of 8 lbs (3.6 kg). Send SourceIT your exact model and we will confirm it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the Surface held in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBy embedded magnets in the worksurface, giving click-in stability with nothing to screw or clamp. It is fast to remove and replace, but it is not a locking or anti-theft mount — plan separate physical security for unsupervised or public-facing areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I position the device off-centre?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron confirms three positions — left, right or centre. Across a ward that means left- and right-handed staff can each set the device where it suits them, and the same cart works at a bedside approached from either side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a mouse and paperwork alongside it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — that is what the larger 23 in x 17 in (58 x 43 cm) worksurface is for. Ergotron specifies extra area beyond the device for a mouse or other task-related items, which the smaller 18 in x 12.5 in SV10 surfaces do not offer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the other SV10 carts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll three share the same 15 in (38.1 cm) lift, 19 in square base, 33 lbs (15 kg) weight and 7-year warranty. This S-Tablet Cart has the largest worksurface at 23 in x 17 in and takes 8 lbs (3.6 kg) with magnetic retention. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eTablet Cart (SV10-1400-0)\u003c\/a\u003e is the only one with a VESA MIS-D mount and 128° tilt, at 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg). The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eLaptop Cart (SV10-1100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e takes a notebook up to 17 in and 10 lbs (4.5 kg) on a retaining bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the SV10 have drawers or a battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron publishes no drawers, no locking storage compartment and no integrated power system for any SV10 cart — it is a non-powered, light-duty cart. Those features belong to the larger powered StyleView SV4x range. The SV10 does carry an integrated scanner holder and a T-slot that accepts StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, and SourceIT can quote an SV4x cart if you need on-board power or medication storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface adjustment on Ergotron’s mechanical lift engine, so the same cart works for a seated or standing clinician. An integrated hand-brake locks the platform height — release it fully before adjusting, as Ergotron instructs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to move around a ward?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg) and rides on dual-wheel 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters, two of which lock. On a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) footprint it passes through standard doorways and works at a bedside without blocking the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 with a 7-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® S-Tablet Cart, SV10 - for Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/LyfhRAXqEwY\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView® S-Tablet Cart, SV10 - for Surface\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452311965860,"sku":"SV10-1800-0","price":1480.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/sv10-1800_b-orig.jpg?v=1790251067"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Tablet Cart SV10","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Tablet Cart SV10 Light-Duty Medical Cart (SV10-1400-0) - 7 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Tablet on a VESA Mount, at the Right Height, Anywhere on the Ward\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron StyleView Tablet Cart SV10 mounts a tablet on a VESA MIS-D interface above a working surface, on a 33 lbs (15 kg) rolling base with a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) footprint. Unlike a tablet propped in a stand, the screen is held securely at a set angle and height — and unlike a full medical cart, one person can move it through a Singapore ward or clinic without help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e128° of Tilt, Portrait or Landscape\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies 128° of tilt on the tablet mount, and confirms the tablet can be installed in landscape or portrait mode. That range is what makes a single cart work for both a clinician charting standing up and a patient being shown their own record — the screen swings from a working angle to a presenting angle and back without touching the cart height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 in of Sit-Stand Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe worksurface adjusts through 15 in (38.1 cm) on Ergotron’s patented mechanical lift engine, with an integrated hand-brake that secures the platform for a stable surface. Release the brake fully before raising or lowering the cart, as Ergotron instructs. The result is one cart that suits seated and standing work rather than compromising between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Worksurface That Doubles as a Keyboard Platform\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeneath the tablet, the 18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm) worksurface gives a convenient platform for a keyboard — useful when the tablet is doing screen duty and typing is faster on hardware keys. Every SV10 also ships with an integrated scanner holder, and the T-slot accepts further StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Powered, Easy to Clean, Seven-Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a non-powered, light-duty cart: no battery to charge or replace, no drawers to service. Sturdy metal construction with a powder-coat finish on smooth steel surfaces is designed to be wiped down easily between patients. Ergotron backs the SV10 range with a 7-year warranty, and SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Tablet Cart SV10 Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView® Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV10-1400-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-duty, non-powered mobile medical cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 years — Ergotron’s StyleView 10 Carts datasheet prints “7-year warranty” and lists “7 years” in the specification table for SV10-1100-0, SV10-1400-0 and SV10-1800-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every cart sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet installs in landscape or portrait mode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm) — Ergotron notes it provides a convenient platform for a keyboard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38.1 cm) — Ergotron: “15 in (38 cm) of effortless worksurface height adjustment lets users sit or stand throughout the day”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented lift engine technology — mechanical, not electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated hand-brake secures platform height to provide an ultra-stable worksurface. Ergotron’s caution: completely release brake engagement before raising or lowering the cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Power \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCart Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-wheel, 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters; two casters can be locked if necessary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy, safe metal construction; powder-coat paint finish on smooth steel surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated scanner holder — fitted on every SV10 cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpansion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated T-slot accepts additional StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-powered.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron publishes no battery, no AC power system and no power specification for any SV10 cart. Power is available only as an optional add-on via the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 23.5 x 23.5 in (102 x 60 x 60 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 lbs (23 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s official StyleView 10 Carts datasheet (literature date 08.22.2022) and its SV10 installation guide. Minimum and maximum worksurface heights, total cart load capacity, an itemised carton contents list, exact caster count and disinfectant compatibility are \u003cstrong\u003enot published by Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e for these part numbers and have been omitted rather than estimated. Specifications from the powered StyleView SV4x carts have deliberately not been carried across — the SV10 is a non-powered cart with no drawers and no battery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting: none required.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SV10 is a self-contained mobile cart on a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) base. There is no desk clamp, no grommet, no wall fixing and no pole to install, so there is no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — which is precisely why it works in Singapore wards, clinics and consultation rooms where fixed installation is not practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSit or stand at the same cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies 15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface height adjustment on a mechanical lift engine, with an integrated hand-brake that locks the platform height for a stable working surface. Release the brake fully before adjusting height — that is Ergotron’s own instruction, and the most common cause of avoidable damage on these carts. Ergotron does not publish absolute minimum and maximum worksurface heights for the SV10, so we do not quote them; if a specific working height is critical to your specification, ask SourceIT to confirm with Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drawers, no battery.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is worth stating plainly because it is the most common misconception about the SV10 range. Ergotron publishes no drawers, no locking storage compartment and no integrated power system for any SV10 cart — those belong to the larger, powered StyleView SV4x medical carts. What the SV10 does have is an integrated T-slot that accepts StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, plus an integrated scanner holder fitted as standard. If you need on-board battery power, medication drawers or auto-locking storage, specify an SV4x cart instead and SourceIT will quote it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-wheel 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters, two of which can be locked. The whole cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg), which is light enough for one person to reposition across a ward without help — a meaningful difference over a full-size powered cart when the round involves lifts and door thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevice fit is tight on weight — check it first.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies a typical screen size of up to 12 in and a capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e2.5 lbs (1.1 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. That is sized for a tablet, not a laptop or a 2-in-1 with a keyboard base attached. Weigh the device including its case and any attached keyboard cover before ordering — a protective ruggedised case alone can take a tablet past the limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA MIS-D.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mount uses a VESA MIS-D interface, so the tablet needs a MIS-D-compatible holder or case. Most tablets have no VESA holes of their own, so a VESA tablet enclosure is normally required — send SourceIT your tablet model and we will confirm what is needed. Tilt is 128°, and the tablet installs in either landscape or portrait.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeavier devices need a different SV10.\u003c\/strong\u003e If your device exceeds 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg), specify the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eStyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 (SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e at 8 lbs (3.6 kg) for Microsoft Surface devices, or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eStyleView Laptop Cart SV10 (SV10-1100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e at 10 lbs (4.5 kg) for a notebook. All three share the same base, lift and warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet, typical screen size up to 12 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Weight Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 lbs (1.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLandscape or portrait\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile rolling base — no desk clamp, grommet, wall or pole fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-powered; optional add-on power via the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView SV10 Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish a full itemised carton list for the SV10 Tablet Cart. Ergotron confirms as part of the product the cart with its lift engine and hand-brake, the VESA MIS-D tablet mount and an integrated scanner holder. A VESA tablet holder or enclosure for your specific device is normally required and is not included. Ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView SV10 Family — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eSV10-1100-0 — StyleView Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop to 17 in · 10 lbs (4.5 kg) · 18 x 12.5 in worksurface · laptop retaining bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSV10-1400-0 — StyleView Tablet Cart SV10 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet to 12 in · 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) · VESA MIS-D · 128° tilt · portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eSV10-1800-0 — StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 for Microsoft Surface\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface tablets · 8 lbs (3.6 kg) · 23 x 17 in worksurface · embedded magnets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eErgotron SV10 Accessories Named on the StyleView 10 Datasheet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-828 — StyleView Sani-Wipes Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe-dispenser holder for the SV10 T-slot — ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-926-064 — StyleView Storage Bin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a storage bin to the SV10 T-slot — ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Mobile Carts at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-pole-cart-24-818-211\"\u003e24-818-211 — StyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim, non-powered pole cart · 13 lbs (5.9 kg) · VESA plate and T-slot · 5-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart · 20 in (50.8 cm) adjustment · integrated laptop security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003\"\u003e24-547-003 — LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand desk, 29 to 45 in · 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-styleview10-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView 10 Carts — Official Datasheet (PDF, covers SV10-1100-0, SV10-1400-0 and SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/sv10-1400-0\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron SV10-1400-0 — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-335-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 888-24-335-G — SV10 Cart Installation Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tablet will it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron specifies a typical screen size of up to 12 in and a weight capacity of 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg). Weigh your device with its case and any attached keyboard cover — a ruggedised case alone can push a tablet past the limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter for my tablet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAlmost certainly yes. The mount is VESA MIS-D, and most tablets have no VESA holes of their own, so a VESA-compatible tablet holder or enclosure is normally required. Send SourceIT your tablet model and we will confirm what is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does the screen tilt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e128°, and the tablet can be installed in landscape or portrait mode — enough range to move between a working angle for the clinician and a presenting angle for the patient without changing the cart height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a keyboard with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron notes the 18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm) worksurface provides a convenient platform for a keyboard. Note this is a worksurface, not a dedicated sliding keyboard tray — Ergotron publishes no keyboard tray for the SV10.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the other SV10 carts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll three share the same 15 in (38.1 cm) lift, 19 in square base, 33 lbs (15 kg) weight and 7-year warranty. This Tablet Cart is the only one with a VESA MIS-D mount and 128° tilt, but has the lowest capacity at 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg). The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eS-Tablet Cart (SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e takes 8 lbs (3.6 kg) on a larger 23 in x 17 in worksurface with embedded magnets; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eLaptop Cart (SV10-1100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e takes 10 lbs (4.5 kg) with a laptop bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the SV10 have drawers or a battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron publishes no drawers, no locking storage compartment and no integrated power system for any SV10 cart — it is a non-powered, light-duty cart. Those features belong to the larger powered StyleView SV4x range. The SV10 does carry an integrated scanner holder and a T-slot that accepts StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, and SourceIT can quote an SV4x cart if you need on-board power or medication storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface adjustment on Ergotron’s mechanical lift engine, so the same cart works for a seated or standing clinician. An integrated hand-brake locks the platform height — release it fully before adjusting, as Ergotron instructs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to move around a ward?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg) and rides on dual-wheel 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters, two of which lock. On a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) footprint it passes through standard doorways and works at a bedside without blocking the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView Tablet Cart SV10 sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView Tablet Cart SV10 with a 7-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Tablet Cart, SV10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/D_6LhA1qp5o\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView® Tablet Cart, SV10\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452332806308,"sku":"SV10-1400-0","price":1375.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/sv10-1400-a11-orig.jpg?v=1790251072"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Laptop Cart SV10","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Laptop Cart SV10 Light-Duty Medical Cart (SV10-1100-0) - 7 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Light Laptop Cart That One Nurse Can Move Alone\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron StyleView Laptop Cart SV10 puts a notebook, a scanner and a working surface on a 33 lbs (15 kg) rolling base with a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) footprint. That combination is the point: it is light enough for one clinician to reposition without help and slim enough to work at a bedside without blocking the room — a real advantage on Singapore ward rounds where corridors are tight and lifts are shared.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 in of Sit-Stand Adjustment, Locked by a Hand-Brake\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies 15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface height adjustment on its patented mechanical lift engine, so the same cart suits a clinician charting standing at a bedside and one sitting at a nurses’ station. An integrated hand-brake secures the platform height for an ultra-stable worksurface. Release the brake fully before raising or lowering — that is Ergotron’s own instruction and worth including in your commissioning brief.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSized for a 17 in Laptop, With a Retaining Bracket\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm) worksurface is specified for laptops up to 17 in and 10 lbs (4.5 kg), with a bracket that holds the machine in place. Ergotron designed the bracket to be inconspicuous so it does not occlude keys or the screen — the laptop still opens, tilts and types normally while staying secured for transport between rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScanner Holder Fitted, T-Slot Ready for More\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery SV10 cart ships with an integrated scanner holder, which removes the most common aftermarket bracket purchase on a point-of-care cart. An integrated T-slot then accepts further StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, so the cart can grow with the workflow rather than being replaced. The Sani-Wipes Holder (97-828) and Storage Bin (97-926-064) are the accessories Ergotron names for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Powered, Cleanable, Seven-Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SV10 is a non-powered, light-duty cart — there is no battery to manage, charge or replace, and no drawers. Construction is sturdy metal with a powder-coat finish on smooth steel surfaces that Ergotron describes as super easy to keep clean, which is what matters on a cart wiped down between patients. Ergotron backs it with a 7-year warranty, and SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Laptop Cart SV10 Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView® Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV10-1100-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-duty, non-powered mobile medical cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7 years — Ergotron’s StyleView 10 Carts datasheet prints “7-year warranty” and lists “7 years” in the specification table for SV10-1100-0, SV10-1400-0 and SV10-1800-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every cart sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Laptop Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 17 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 10 lbs (4.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bracket holds the laptop in place; Ergotron notes the inconspicuous design allows easy tilting of the screen without occluding keys or views\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — Ergotron lists no VESA interface for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38.1 cm) — Ergotron: “15 in (38 cm) of effortless worksurface height adjustment lets users sit or stand throughout the day”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented lift engine technology — mechanical, not electric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated hand-brake secures platform height to provide an ultra-stable worksurface. Ergotron’s caution: completely release brake engagement before raising or lowering the cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Power \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCart Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 lbs (15 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual-wheel, 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters; two casters can be locked if necessary\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSturdy, safe metal construction; powder-coat paint finish on smooth steel surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated scanner holder — fitted on every SV10 cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpansion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated T-slot accepts additional StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-powered.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron publishes no battery, no AC power system and no power specification for any SV10 cart. Power is available only as an optional add-on via the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 x 23.5 x 23.5 in (102 x 60 x 60 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 lbs (23 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s official StyleView 10 Carts datasheet (literature date 08.22.2022) and its SV10 installation guide. Minimum and maximum worksurface heights, total cart load capacity, an itemised carton contents list, exact caster count and disinfectant compatibility are \u003cstrong\u003enot published by Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e for these part numbers and have been omitted rather than estimated. Specifications from the powered StyleView SV4x carts have deliberately not been carried across — the SV10 is a non-powered cart with no drawers and no battery.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting: none required.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SV10 is a self-contained mobile cart on a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) base. There is no desk clamp, no grommet, no wall fixing and no pole to install, so there is no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — which is precisely why it works in Singapore wards, clinics and consultation rooms where fixed installation is not practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSit or stand at the same cart.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies 15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface height adjustment on a mechanical lift engine, with an integrated hand-brake that locks the platform height for a stable working surface. Release the brake fully before adjusting height — that is Ergotron’s own instruction, and the most common cause of avoidable damage on these carts. Ergotron does not publish absolute minimum and maximum worksurface heights for the SV10, so we do not quote them; if a specific working height is critical to your specification, ask SourceIT to confirm with Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo drawers, no battery.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is worth stating plainly because it is the most common misconception about the SV10 range. Ergotron publishes no drawers, no locking storage compartment and no integrated power system for any SV10 cart — those belong to the larger, powered StyleView SV4x medical carts. What the SV10 does have is an integrated T-slot that accepts StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, plus an integrated scanner holder fitted as standard. If you need on-board battery power, medication drawers or auto-locking storage, specify an SV4x cart instead and SourceIT will quote it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMobility.\u003c\/strong\u003e Dual-wheel 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters, two of which can be locked. The whole cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg), which is light enough for one person to reposition across a ward without help — a meaningful difference over a full-size powered cart when the round involves lifts and door thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevice fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies a typical laptop size of up to 17 in and a weight capacity of 10 lbs (4.5 kg) on an 18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm) worksurface. Both numbers matter: a large, heavy mobile workstation-class laptop can exceed 10 lbs even when its screen is inside the 17 in figure. Weigh the machine, including anything permanently attached to it, and send SourceIT the model if you want it checked before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe laptop is held by a retaining bracket rather than clamped or locked. Ergotron designed it not to occlude keys or the screen, so the machine still opens and types normally. There is no VESA interface on this model — if you need to mount a tablet or a small display on a VESA pattern instead, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eStyleView Tablet Cart SV10 (SV10-1400-0)\u003c\/a\u003e carries a VESA MIS-D mount with 128° of tilt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop, typical screen size up to 17 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Weight Limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 lbs (4.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA bracket holds the laptop in place\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA \/ Tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — Ergotron lists no VESA interface or tilt figure for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile rolling base — no desk clamp, grommet, wall or pole fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-powered; optional add-on power via the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView SV10 Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish a full itemised carton list for the SV10 Laptop Cart. What Ergotron does confirm as part of the product is the cart with its lift engine and hand-brake, the laptop retaining bracket and an integrated scanner holder; the installation guide 888-24-335-G additionally shows a security screw (M5 x 8 mm) and a five-sided security wrench. Ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in quantity. Accessories including the Sani-Wipes Holder and Storage Bin are ordered separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView SV10 Family — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSV10-1100-0 — StyleView Laptop Cart SV10 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop to 17 in · 10 lbs (4.5 kg) · 18 x 12.5 in worksurface · laptop retaining bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eSV10-1400-0 — StyleView Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet to 12 in · 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) · VESA MIS-D · 128° tilt · portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eSV10-1800-0 — StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 for Microsoft Surface\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface tablets · 8 lbs (3.6 kg) · 23 x 17 in worksurface · embedded magnets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eErgotron SV10 Accessories Named on the StyleView 10 Datasheet\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-828 — StyleView Sani-Wipes Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe-dispenser holder for the SV10 T-slot — ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-926-064 — StyleView Storage Bin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a storage bin to the SV10 T-slot — ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Mobile Carts at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-pole-cart-24-818-211\"\u003e24-818-211 — StyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim, non-powered pole cart · 13 lbs (5.9 kg) · VESA plate and T-slot · 5-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart · 20 in (50.8 cm) adjustment · integrated laptop security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003\"\u003e24-547-003 — LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand desk, 29 to 45 in · 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-styleview10-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView 10 Carts — Official Datasheet (PDF, covers SV10-1100-0, SV10-1400-0 and SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/sv10-1100-0\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron SV10-1100-0 — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-335-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 888-24-335-G — SV10 Cart Installation Guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and weight of laptop does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron specifies a typical laptop size of up to 17 in and a capacity of 10 lbs (4.5 kg), on an 18 in x 12.5 in (45.7 x 31.8 cm) worksurface. Check the weight as well as the diagonal — heavy mobile-workstation laptops can exceed 10 lbs while still being under 17 in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the laptop locked to the cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is held by a retaining bracket, and Ergotron’s installation guide includes a security screw and five-sided security wrench. Ergotron designed the bracket so it does not occlude keys or the screen, so the machine still opens and types normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount a monitor or tablet on it instead?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot on this model — Ergotron lists no VESA interface for the SV10-1100-0. For a VESA-mounted tablet with tilt, specify the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eStyleView Tablet Cart SV10 (SV10-1400-0)\u003c\/a\u003e, which carries a VESA MIS-D mount with 128° of tilt. For a Microsoft Surface on a large worksurface, see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eStyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10 (SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the other SV10 carts?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAll three share the same 15 in (38.1 cm) lift, 19 in square base, 33 lbs (15 kg) weight and 7-year warranty. This Laptop Cart takes the heaviest device at 10 lbs (4.5 kg) with a laptop bracket; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eTablet Cart (SV10-1400-0)\u003c\/a\u003e takes 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg) on a VESA MIS-D tilting mount; the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eS-Tablet Cart (SV10-1800-0)\u003c\/a\u003e takes 8 lbs (3.6 kg) on the largest worksurface at 23 in x 17 in with embedded magnets for Surface devices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the SV10 have drawers or a battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron publishes no drawers, no locking storage compartment and no integrated power system for any SV10 cart — it is a non-powered, light-duty cart. Those features belong to the larger powered StyleView SV4x range. The SV10 does carry an integrated scanner holder and a T-slot that accepts StyleView accessories and add-on power solutions, and SourceIT can quote an SV4x cart if you need on-board power or medication storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much height adjustment does it give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 in (38.1 cm) of worksurface adjustment on Ergotron’s mechanical lift engine, so the same cart works for a seated or standing clinician. An integrated hand-brake locks the platform height — release it fully before adjusting, as Ergotron instructs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to move around a ward?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The cart weighs 33 lbs (15 kg) and rides on dual-wheel 3 in (7.6 cm) rubber casters, two of which lock. On a 19 in x 19 in (48.3 x 48.3 cm) footprint it passes through standard doorways and works at a bedside without blocking the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView Laptop Cart SV10 sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView Laptop Cart SV10 with a 7-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Laptop Cart, SV10\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gCJuiSq6Qfo\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView® Laptop Cart, SV10\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452481704100,"sku":"SV10-1100-0","price":1255.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/sv10-1100-a11-orig.jpg?v=1790251078"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-sit-stand-combo-system-45-273-026","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Sit-Stand Combo System Small CPU holder","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder (45-273-026) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System — Complete Wall Workstation with CPU Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System puts the display, keyboard, mouse, scanner \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e the PC itself onto one wall track. Nothing sits on the floor and nothing sits on a desk. With 25″ (63.5 cm) of LCD height adjustment and up to 43″ (109.2 cm) of reach, it turns a wall into a full sit-stand computing position for wards, clinics, labs and operations rooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall CPU Holder Keeps the Computer Off the Floor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included small CPU holder carries a small-form-factor PC on the wall track alongside the arm. That protects the machine from spills, floor cleaning and knocks, improves airflow around the chassis, and removes the trailing cable run that a floor-standing PC always creates — a real advantage in Singapore healthcare facilities working to strict infection-control routines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25″ of Lift and 360° Rotation for Every User\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system gives 25″ (63.5 cm) of LCD height travel, a further 5.1″ (13 cm) of independent screen adjustment, 30° of tilt and a full 360° of both pan and rotation. Staff of any height can set a correct posture in seconds, and the screen can be swung to show a patient or colleague without moving the workstation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFolds Flat and Frees the Whole Floor Plate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStored with the keyboard folded, the assembly sits 12″ (30.5 cm) from the wall. In a small consult room or a busy corridor that is the difference between a workable space and a congested one, and it is why wall-mounted systems are usually specified in preference to carts where the workstation does not need to travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated to 29 lbs (13.2 kg), Built to Be Wiped Down\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the Combo System at ≤ 29 lbs (≤ 13.2 kg) across the display and tray, and builds it from aluminium and high-grade plastic with an easy-to-clean exterior and concealed cabling. It carries a 5-year Ergotron manufacturer warranty, supplied by SourceIT with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-273-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount (Ergotron wall track)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 display, plus keyboard, mouse and scanner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium and high-grade plastic, easy-to-clean exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPU Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall CPU holder included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical LCD Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 24″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 29 lbs (≤ 13.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD Height Adjustment (lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25″ (63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent LCD Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.1″ (13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30° (25° up \/ 5° down)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 43″ (109.2 cm) of LCD and keyboard extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Extender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds 17″ (43 cm) — 45-261-026 (polished aluminium) \/ 45-261-216 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.6″W x 9″D (47.2 x 22.8 cm), back-tilt, with slide-out mouse tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12″ (30.5 cm) with keyboard stored\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated — cables stay hidden and organised for easy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.4 lbs (17.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 lbs (21.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder is a wall-mounted sit-stand workstation that carries a single display together with a keyboard, mouse and scanner. Ergotron rates it for a typical LCD size of \u003cstrong\u003e24″ or smaller\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a total system weight capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e≤ 29 lbs (≤ 13.2 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e covering the display and everything on the keyboard tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting is \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mount only\u003c\/strong\u003e — the arm fixes to an Ergotron wall track, so there is no desk-clamp or grommet option and no desk-thickness requirement. Because the whole assembly folds back toward the wall (to a depth of 12″ \/ 30.5 cm with the keyboard stored), it suits Singapore consult rooms, nurses' stations, ward corridors and compact back-office bays where floor and desk space is at a premium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays attach through Ergotron's supplied VESA mount. Ultrawide and deeply curved panels are not recommended: the 24″ typical size and the ≤ 29 lbs (≤ 13.2 kg) capacity are the limits Ergotron publishes, and a wide panel on a folding wall arm places extra leverage on the mount. If a display exceeds the published limits, choose a heavier-duty Ergotron wall system instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe small CPU holder is sized for small-form-factor desktops. If the site standard is a larger chassis, Ergotron builds a medium CPU holder variant of this system — ask SourceIT to quote it. An optional SV Sit-Stand Combo Extender (45-261-026 \/ 45-261-216) adds a further 17″ (43 cm) of reach from the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e sit-stand combo arm assembly, wall-mount bracket, height-adjustable LCD mount, keyboard tray with slide-out mouse tray, VESA mounting kit, cable management hardware and fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo — SourceIT catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-sit-stand-combo-arm-45-266-026\"\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm, polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-266-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with small CPU holder, polished aluminium (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-273-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eExtension arms\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-sit-stand-combo-extender-white-45-261-216\"\u003eSV Sit-Stand Combo Extender, white (adds 17″ \/ 43 cm reach)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-261-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-sit-stand-combo-extender-short-97-858-026\"\u003eSV Sit-Stand Combo Extender, Short, polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-858-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sv-sit-stand-combo-extender-short-white-97-858-216\"\u003eSV Sit-Stand Combo Extender, Short, white\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-858-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron also lists white (-216) finishes and a Combo Arm with Worksurface (45-260) in this series. Contact SourceIT for indent orders on finishes not stocked locally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-273\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-114-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the polished aluminium and white versions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinish only. Ergotron builds this system in polished aluminium (45-273-026, this listing) and white (45-273-216); lift, tilt, pan, rotation and capacity are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size monitor fits the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes a typical LCD size of 24″ or smaller, with a system weight capacity of ≤ 29 lbs (≤ 13.2 kg) covering the display plus the keyboard, mouse and scanner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount two screens on it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this is a single-display system. For two screens at a wall position, specify one of Ergotron's dual wall mount systems instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it mounted, and does it need a special wall?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt mounts to an Ergotron wall track — wall-mount only, no desk clamp or grommet option, so desk thickness is irrelevant. The wall itself must carry the load, so confirm the wall construction (concrete, brick, stud or partition) with your contractor before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size CPU does the holder take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included holder is Ergotron's \u003cem\u003esmall\u003c\/em\u003e CPU holder, intended for small-form-factor desktops. Measure the chassis before ordering if your standard build is a tower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it compare with the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm (45-266-026)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-sit-stand-combo-arm-45-266-026\"\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm (45-266-026)\u003c\/a\u003e is the same arm without the CPU holder and wall track, rated slightly higher at ≤ 32 lbs (14.5 kg) but with 90° rather than 360° rotation. Choose the Combo System when the PC has to come off the floor as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder covered by warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with Small CPU Holder with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressions of StyleView: Your Work. Your Way.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/coPWqaNoHmM\" title=\"Impressions of StyleView: Your Work. Your Way.\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView: A Healthy Groove\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Z6F919yWJPQ\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView: A Healthy Groove\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452545241252,"sku":"45-273-026","price":1295.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-273-026-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251077"},{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-tx-standing-desk-converter-33-467-921","title":"Ergotron WorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter (33-467-921) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Deep 32″ x 27″ Worksurface for Real Working Days\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron WorkFit-TX gives you a 32″ x 27″ (81 x 68.5 cm) worksurface — unusually deep for a converter — with a separate 28″ x 8″ (71 x 20 cm) keyboard tray below it. There is room for monitors, a notebook and the paperwork that comes with them, rather than a surface you have to keep clearing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e17 Inches of Worksurface Lift, 20 Inches of Total Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe worksurface travels 17″ (43.2 cm) vertically and the keyboard adjusts a further 3″ independently, giving a full 20″ (50.8 cm) range of sit-stand motion. Ergotron uses infinite height adjustment points from an easy-to-find handle with no clicking, so you set the exact height instead of the nearest notch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFolds Lower Than the Competition When You Sit Down\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe X-shaped lift collapses to within inches of the desk — Ergotron puts it three inches below competing converters at rest. That low resting height is what stops a converter from permanently raising your seated typing position, which is the usual hidden cost of leaving one on the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled, Guaranteed Five Years\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA solid metal design provides a stable platform that resists tipping and sway, and the unit ships fully assembled for out-of-the-box installation. Total capacity is 10–40 lbs (4.5–18.2 kg), the keyboard tray offers 10° of back tilt, and Ergotron tests and guarantees the WorkFit-TX with a full five-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-467-921\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCategory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSit-stand desktop workstation \/ standing desk converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Placement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSits on the desktop; X-shaped lift folds down within inches of the desk at rest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10–40 lbs (4.5–18.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32″ x 27″ (81 x 68.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28″ x 8″ (71 x 20 cm), height-adjustable with back tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Drop Below Desk Surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5″ (8.9 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Monitor Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccepts an accessory WorkFit monitor mount kit (6–14 lbs \/ 2.72–6.35 kg per monitor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17″ (43.2 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Independent Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Sit-Stand Range of Motion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (50.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray Tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10° back tilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment Feel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInfinite height adjustment points from an easy-to-find handle, with no clicking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign, Assembly \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid metal design providing a stable platform to avoid tipping or sway\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled with out-of-the-box installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58.5 lbs (26.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37.5″ x 40″ x 8″ (95.3 x 101.6 x 20.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 lbs (34.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit-TX \u003cstrong\u003esits on your existing desktop\u003c\/strong\u003e — no clamp, grommet or wall fixing, so desk thickness is not a consideration. Plan instead around footprint and weight: the worksurface is \u003cstrong\u003e32″ x 27″ (81 x 68.5 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e and the unit itself weighs \u003cstrong\u003e58.5 lbs (26.6 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e, so the desk beneath it needs to be sound and deep enough to take it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTotal capacity is \u003cstrong\u003e10–40 lbs (4.5–18.2 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Equipment can sit directly on the worksurface, or you can add an accessory WorkFit monitor mount kit — that kit is rated at \u003cstrong\u003e6–14 lbs (2.72–6.35 kg) per monitor\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is the figure to check a heavier or curved panel against. Ergotron does not publish a maximum screen diagonal for the TX itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe keyboard tray is \u003cstrong\u003e28″ x 8″ (71 x 20 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e10°\u003c\/strong\u003e of back tilt and 3″ of independent height adjustment, dropping \u003cstrong\u003e3.5″ (8.9 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e below the desk surface — the arrangement that keeps typing height correct while the screens stay at eye level. Monitor kits that fit include the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003eDual Monitor Kit (97-934-085)\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003eSingle HD Kit (97-936-085)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e the WorkFit-TX ships fully assembled for out-of-the-box installation — worksurface, height-adjustable keyboard tray and X-shaped lift. Ergotron does not publish a separate itemised box-contents list for this part number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkFit Sit-Stand Converters\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-467-921 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-TL Sit-Stand Desktop Workstation (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003e33-406-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit-Z Mini Sit-Stand Desktop (grey woodgrain)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-z-mini-sit-stand-33-458-917\"\u003e33-458-917\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWorkFit Monitor Kits \u0026amp; Accessories\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Single LD Monitor Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-ld-monitor-kit-black-97-935-085\"\u003e97-935-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Single HD Monitor Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-single-hd-monitor-kit-black-97-936-085\"\u003e97-936-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit Dual Monitor Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-dual-monitor-kit-97-934-085\"\u003e97-934-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkFit LCD \u0026amp; Laptop Kit, black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-lcd-laptop-kit-black-97-933-085\"\u003e97-933-085\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-467\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-workfit-tx-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/workfit-tx-intro\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX product overview\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-97-374-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Monitor Kit installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit-TX\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much sit-stand range does it give?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe worksurface lifts 17 inches (43.2 cm) and the keyboard adjusts a further 3 inches independently, for a full 20 inch (50.8 cm) range of motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the worksurface?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e32″ x 27″ (81 x 68.5 cm) — noticeably deeper than most converters — with a separate 28″ x 8″ (71 x 20 cm) keyboard tray below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e10–40 lbs (4.5–18.2 kg) in total. If you add an accessory WorkFit monitor mount kit, that kit is rated 6–14 lbs (2.72–6.35 kg) per monitor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow low does it sit when I am seated?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe X-shaped lift folds down to within inches of the desk — Ergotron states it rests three inches lower than competing converters, so it does not raise your seated typing position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the keyboard tray tilt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, 10° of back tilt, with 3 inches of independent height adjustment. It drops 3.5″ (8.9 cm) below the desk surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the WorkFit-TL?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-tl-sit-stand-desktop-33-406-085\"\u003eWorkFit-TL (33-406-085)\u003c\/a\u003e has a wider but shallower 37.5″ x 23″ worksurface with 15″ of lift. The TX is deeper at 32″ x 27″, lifts 17″, adds independent keyboard adjustment and folds lower at rest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit-TX sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit-TX with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/71dWCSJ4HQs\" title=\"Ergotron WorkFit-TX Standing Desk Converter\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit-TX Design Story\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-XRpfsFsRAM\" title=\"Ergotron WorkFit-TX Design Story\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452735230116,"sku":"33-467-921","price":1090.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/698833069440.main-orig.jpg?v=1790251089"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-pole-cart-24-818-211","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Pole Cart","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView® Pole Cart (24-818-211) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Slim Pole Cart That Fits Where a Full Cart Cannot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron StyleView Pole Cart is deliberately narrow. Ergotron describes the design as a slender profile that fits closely to a patient’s bedside, a student desk and similar tight positions — which is the whole reason to choose a pole cart over a worksurface cart. In Singapore wards, clinics and classrooms where floor space is the binding constraint, a cart that tucks in beside the bed rather than blocking the approach earns its place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Enough to Move All Day\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 27.7 lbs (12.6 kg) the Pole Cart is one of the lightest mobile platforms Ergotron makes. Heavy-duty casters move it between rooms or floors, and a heavy-duty handle gives a convenient access point for precise movement — the detail that matters when a cart is being steered one-handed through a doorway while the other hand is occupied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular by Design: VESA Plate and T-Slot\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron builds the Pole Cart around a modular architecture with a VESA plate and a T-slot, so the system adapts as technology and needs change. That is a genuine procurement advantage: the same cart carries a tablet today and a different device in three years without being replaced. Ergotron rates the cart at 13 lbs (5.9 kg) — sized for tablets, small displays, thermal imaging cameras and similar smart devices rather than heavy monitors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Deep Accessory Range on One Pole\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron names a full set of accessories for this cart: a Lockable Tablet Mount (45-460-026), a Mini PC Mount (80-107-200), an SV Wire Basket (98-135-216), an SV10 Tablet Conversion Kit \/ Easel (98-003), a Tilt Pivot (98-534), a T-Slot Bracket Kit (98-539) and LiFeKinnex Battery Brackets with Cable Box (98-524-211) for optional hot-swap power. All are ordered separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Powered as Standard, Five-Year Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs supplied, the Pole Cart is non-powered — there is no integrated battery to charge, manage or replace. If your workflow needs on-board power, Ergotron’s LiFeKinnex battery bracket and cable box is the sanctioned route, added later rather than bought upfront. Ergotron backs the StyleView Pole Cart with a 5-year warranty, and SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Pole Cart Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView® Pole Cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-818-211\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim, non-powered mobile pole cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-powered as supplied.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies no integrated battery. Optional hot-swap power is available via the LiFeKinnex Battery Brackets and Cable Box (98-524-211), ordered separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years — the Ergotron StyleView Pole Cart datasheet states “5 years”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every cart sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Mounting\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 lbs (5.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA plate and T-slot supporting a variety of Ergotron accessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablets, smart devices, thermal imaging cameras and supplies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this part number — Ergotron states only that the cart carries a VESA plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron specifies no worksurface for this cart; devices mount to the pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMobility \u0026amp; Footprint\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.4 to 25 in (51.8 to 63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty casters that easily move between rooms or floors. Ergotron does not publish caster count, diameter or which lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHandle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty handle — a convenient access point for precise movement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlender design fits closely to a patient’s bedside, a student desk and similar positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArchitecture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular — the system adapts quickly to changing technology and needs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWeights \u0026amp; Shipping\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.7 lbs (12.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36.5 lbs (16.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52 x 24 x 10 in (132 x 60 x 24.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference Document\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView Pole Cart datasheet, © 2020 Ergotron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s official StyleView Pole Cart datasheet. \u003cstrong\u003eA height-adjustment or lift range, a supported screen size, a VESA hole pattern, worksurface or keyboard-tray dimensions, caster count and diameter, construction materials and an itemised box contents list are not published by Ergotron for this part number\u003c\/strong\u003e and have been omitted rather than estimated. Ergotron’s datasheet contains no height-adjustment or sit-stand specification for this cart, so none is claimed here; mounting height is set when the accessory is fitted to the pole. Specifications from the powered StyleView SV4x carts have deliberately not been carried across.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting: nothing to install.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Pole Cart is a free-standing mobile cart on a 20.4 to 25 in (51.8 to 63.5 cm) base. There is no desk clamp, no grommet and no wall fixing, so there is no desk thickness to check and nothing to drill — the reason it works in wards, clinics, classrooms and public areas where fixed installation is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecify by weight: 13 lbs (5.9 kg).\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a light-duty platform sized for tablets, small smart devices and thermal imaging cameras. It is not a monitor cart. Ergotron does not publish a supported screen size or a VESA hole pattern for this part number — only that the cart carries a VESA plate — so we do not quote either. If you intend to mount a display, send SourceIT the exact model and weight and we will confirm compatibility with Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn height.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron’s datasheet publishes no height-adjustment range, lift travel or sit-stand specification for the Pole Cart, and we will not claim one. In practice the working height is set by where the accessory is mounted on the pole — Ergotron’s own description of the Tilt Pivot (98-534) is that you mount the pivot at your preferred height based on the application. If dynamic sit-stand adjustment is a requirement, specify a cart that publishes a lift figure, such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eStyleView Laptop Cart SV10 (SV10-1100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e at 15 in (38.1 cm), and SourceIT will quote it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilding the cart out.\u003c\/strong\u003e The VESA plate and T-slot are what make this cart flexible. Ergotron names a lockable tablet mount, a mini PC mount, a wire basket, a tablet easel, a tilt pivot, a T-slot bracket kit and a LiFeKinnex battery bracket with cable box — all ordered separately. Decide the accessory set at the same time as the cart, because it determines what the cart can actually do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing mobile cart — no desk clamp, grommet or wall fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.4 to 25 in (51.8 to 63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 lbs (5.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA plate and T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron — specify by weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this cart — mounting height is set when the accessory is fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-powered as supplied; optional LiFeKinnex hot-swap power (98-524-211)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish an itemised carton list for the StyleView Pole Cart. The cart is supplied as the pole, base and handle assembly with its VESA plate and T-slot; every device mount, basket, tray and power option listed below is ordered separately and is \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e included. Ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView Pole Cart — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24-818-211 — StyleView Pole Cart, White (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 lbs (5.9 kg) · VESA plate and T-slot · 27.7 lbs (12.6 kg) · non-powered · 5-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron lists no alternative finish or second part number for the StyleView Pole Cart — 24-818-211 in white is the only variant we can confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAccessories Ergotron Names for the StyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-tilt-pivot-for-sv-pole-cart-98-534\"\u003e98-534 — Tilt Pivot for SV Pole Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra attachment for small monitors, tablets and accessories; mount at your preferred height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-460-026 — Lockable Tablet Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecure tablet mounting for the pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80-107-200 — Mini PC Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarries a mini PC on the cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-wire-basket-large-98-135-216\"\u003e98-135-216 — SV Wire Basket, Large\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds open storage to the T-slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-tablet-riser-98-003\"\u003e98-003 — SV10 Tablet Conversion Kit, Easel\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasel-style tablet presentation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-539 — T-Slot Bracket Kit for SV Pole Cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional T-slot mounting points\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-524-211 — LiFeKinnex Battery Brackets and Cable Box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional hot-swap battery power — the sanctioned route to a powered pole cart\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Mobile Carts at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eSV10-1100-0 — StyleView Laptop Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaptop to 17 in · 10 lbs (4.5 kg) · 15 in (38.1 cm) lift · 7-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eSV10-1400-0 — StyleView Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet to 12 in · VESA MIS-D · 128° tilt · 7-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eSV10-1800-0 — StyleView S-Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicrosoft Surface · 8 lbs (3.6 kg) · 23 x 17 in worksurface · 7-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/styleview-pole-cart-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Pole Cart — Official Datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-818\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Pole Cart (24-818) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/98-534\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Tilt Pivot for SV Pole Cart (98-534) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView Pole Cart\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much will the Pole Cart carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates it at 13 lbs (5.9 kg). That is sized for tablets, small smart devices, mini PCs and thermal imaging cameras rather than monitors. Weigh the device including its case or enclosure before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it height adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron publishes no height-adjustment range, lift travel or sit-stand specification for this cart, so we do not claim one. The working height is set when the accessory is fitted to the pole — Ergotron describes mounting the Tilt Pivot at your preferred height for the application. If you need dynamic sit-stand adjustment, specify a cart with a published lift figure such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eStyleView Laptop Cart SV10 (SV10-1100-0)\u003c\/a\u003e at 15 in (38.1 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat VESA pattern does the plate use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron confirms the cart has a VESA plate but does not publish the hole pattern for this part number, so we will not quote one. Send SourceIT your device or mount and we will confirm the interface with Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount a monitor on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly a small, light one, and only after checking. The 13 lbs (5.9 kg) rating is the constraint, and Ergotron publishes no supported screen size for this cart. The Tilt Pivot (98-534) is described by Ergotron as an attachment for small monitors, tablets and other accessories — ask us to confirm your specific display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a battery?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. As supplied the Pole Cart is non-powered. Ergotron’s sanctioned route to on-board power is the LiFeKinnex Battery Brackets and Cable Box (98-524-211), ordered separately — which means you can add hot-swap power later rather than paying for it upfront.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Tilt Pivot (98-534) the right accessory for this cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron lists it as an accessory on the Pole Cart’s own datasheet, and its official product page names it “Tilt Pivot for SV Pole Cart”. Ergotron does not publish the pivot’s own VESA pattern, capacity or tilt range, so confirm your device with SourceIT before ordering the pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with an SV10 cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-laptop-cart-sv10-sv10-1100-0\"\u003eSV10 carts\u003c\/a\u003e have a worksurface, 15 in (38.1 cm) of published height adjustment, a larger 19 in square base and a 7-year warranty. The Pole Cart has no worksurface, no published lift figure and a lighter 13 lbs (5.9 kg) rating — but it is slimmer, lighter at 27.7 lbs (12.6 kg) and built to tuck in close where a worksurface cart would not fit. Choose the Pole Cart for bedside and tight-space device delivery; choose an SV10 when a clinician needs somewhere to work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView Pole Cart sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView Pole Cart with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis Is Your StyleView Cart from Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/pkrTVCzP9cE\" title=\"This Is Your StyleView Cart from Ergotron\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452795752612,"sku":"24-818-211","price":1095.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/24-818-211-sm2-orig.jpg?v=1790253313"},{"product_id":"ergotron-styleview-sit-stand-combo-arm-45-266-026","title":"Ergotron StyleView® Sit-Stand Combo Arm","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm (45-266-026) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm — Wall-Mounted Monitor and Keyboard Workstation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm mounts a display, keyboard, mouse and scanner on one folding wall arm, turning a bare wall into a complete sit-stand workstation. Ergotron gives the arm 25″ (63.5 cm) of LCD height adjustment and up to 43″ (109.2 cm) of reach, so a nurse, receptionist or shift worker can pull the screen to where they are standing, type, and push it back flat when the next task starts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25″ of Sit-Stand Height Adjustment for Shared Shifts\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeight is the specification that matters most in a shared station. With 25″ (63.5 cm) of travel and a further 5.1″ (13 cm) of independent LCD adjustment, one arm serves a 1.5 m and a 1.9 m user without tools or re-installation. That is what makes it practical for three-shift Singapore hospital wards, clinic front desks and 24-hour operations rooms where the same station is handed over several times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eZero Desk Footprint — Folds to 12″ from the Wall\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the whole assembly is wall-borne, it consumes no desk or floor area at all. Stored with the keyboard folded, it sits just 12″ (30.5 cm) from the wall, which keeps corridors, bedside zones and narrow consult rooms clear. In Singapore's high-value floor space that is often the deciding factor over a mobile cart or a fixed desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e30° Tilt, 360° Pan and Full Cable Management\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe display tilts 30° (25° up, 5° down), pans a full 360° and rotates 90°, so the screen can be angled to a patient or a colleague and then returned. Cables run inside the arm and stay hidden and organised, which keeps the surface wipeable — a requirement in clinical and food-adjacent environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium Build Rated to 32 lbs (14.5 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the Combo Arm at ≤ 32 lbs (14.5 kg) across the display and the keyboard tray, and builds it from aluminium and high-grade plastic with an easy-to-clean exterior. It is backed by a 5-year Ergotron manufacturer warranty and supplied by SourceIT with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-266-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount (Ergotron wall track)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 display, plus keyboard, mouse and scanner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium and high-grade plastic, easy-to-clean exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical LCD Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 24″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 32 lbs (≤ 14.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD Height Adjustment (lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25″ (63.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndependent LCD Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.1″ (13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30° (25° up \/ 5° down)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 43″ (109.2 cm) of LCD and keyboard extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Extender\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds 17″ (43 cm) — 45-261-026 (polished aluminium) \/ 45-261-216 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.6″W x 9″D (47.2 x 22.8 cm), back-tilt, with slide-out mouse tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12″ (30.5 cm) with keyboard stored\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated — cables stay hidden and organised for easy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 lbs (14.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 lbs (17.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm is a wall-mounted sit-stand workstation that carries a single display together with a keyboard, mouse and scanner. Ergotron rates it for a typical LCD size of \u003cstrong\u003e24″ or smaller\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a total system weight capacity of \u003cstrong\u003e≤ 32 lbs (≤ 14.5 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e covering the display and everything on the keyboard tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting is \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mount only\u003c\/strong\u003e — the arm fixes to an Ergotron wall track, so there is no desk-clamp or grommet option and no desk-thickness requirement. Because the whole assembly folds back toward the wall (to a depth of 12″ \/ 30.5 cm with the keyboard stored), it suits Singapore consult rooms, nurses' stations, ward corridors and compact back-office bays where floor and desk space is at a premium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays attach through Ergotron's supplied VESA mount. Ultrawide and deeply curved panels are not recommended: the 24″ typical size and the ≤ 32 lbs (≤ 14.5 kg) capacity are the limits Ergotron publishes, and a wide panel on a folding wall arm places extra leverage on the mount. If a display exceeds the published limits, choose a heavier-duty Ergotron wall system instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn optional SV Sit-Stand Combo Extender (45-261-026 \/ 45-261-216) adds a further 17″ (43 cm) of reach where the user needs to work further from the wall, for example on the far side of a bed or a counter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e sit-stand combo arm assembly, wall-mount bracket, height-adjustable LCD mount, keyboard tray with slide-out mouse tray, VESA mounting kit, cable management hardware and fasteners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo — SourceIT catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm, polished aluminium (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-266-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-sit-stand-combo-system-45-273-026\"\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo System with small CPU holder, polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-273-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eExtension arms\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-sit-stand-combo-extender-white-45-261-216\"\u003eSV Sit-Stand Combo Extender, white (adds 17″ \/ 43 cm reach)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-261-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-sit-stand-combo-extender-short-97-858-026\"\u003eSV Sit-Stand Combo Extender, Short, polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-858-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/sv-sit-stand-combo-extender-short-white-97-858-216\"\u003eSV Sit-Stand Combo Extender, Short, white\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-858-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron also lists white (-216) finishes and a Combo Arm with Worksurface (45-260) in this series. Contact SourceIT for indent orders on finishes not stocked locally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-266\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-114-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the polished aluminium and white finishes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly the finish. Ergotron builds the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm in polished aluminium (45-266-026, this listing) and white (45-266-216); the lift, tilt, pan, rotation and weight capacity are identical. Choose the finish that matches the room — polished aluminium reads as a technical\/office finish, white blends into clinical interiors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size and weight of monitor does the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes a typical LCD size of 24″ or smaller and a system weight capacity of ≤ 32 lbs (≤ 14.5 kg). That capacity covers the display plus the keyboard, mouse and scanner on the tray, so budget for all of them, not just the panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan it hold two monitors?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Combo Arm is a single-screen workstation. If you need two displays at the point of care, look at Ergotron's dual wall systems rather than adding a second panel to this arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it mount — can I clamp it to a desk?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is wall-mount only, fixed to an Ergotron wall track. There is no desk-clamp or grommet option, so there is no desk-thickness requirement to check — but the wall must be able to carry the arm and its load. Have the wall type confirmed before installation, particularly on drywall or partition construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a separate VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The arm ships with Ergotron's height-adjustable LCD mount and VESA kit, which fits standard VESA-compliant displays in the supported size and weight range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it different from the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo System (45-273-026)?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-sit-stand-combo-system-45-273-026\"\u003eStyleView Sit-Stand Combo System (45-273-026)\u003c\/a\u003e adds a small CPU holder and wall track so the computer itself is carried on the wall too, and its rotation is 360° rather than 90°. Pick the Combo Arm if the PC already lives elsewhere; pick the Combo System if the whole workstation, PC included, has to come off the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm covered by warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the StyleView Sit-Stand Combo Arm with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImpressions of StyleView: Your Work. Your Way.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/coPWqaNoHmM\" title=\"Impressions of StyleView: Your Work. Your Way.\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron StyleView: A Healthy Groove\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Z6F919yWJPQ\" title=\"Ergotron StyleView: A Healthy Groove\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452807811236,"sku":"45-266-026","price":950.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-266-026_greyscrn-orig.jpg?v=1790251093"},{"product_id":"ergotron-workfit-corner-standing-desk-converter-33-468-921","title":"Ergotron WorkFit® Corner Standing Desk Converter","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit® Corner Standing Desk Converter (33-468-921) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Standing Desk Converter Built for the Corner You Already Have\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost sit-stand converters assume a straight desk edge. The Ergotron WorkFit Corner is shaped for the L-shaped and corner desks that fill Singapore offices and home studies, turning the one part of the workstation that usually goes to waste into the most usable surface in the room. It sits on top of the desk you already own, so there is nothing to drill, nothing to clamp and no need to replace the furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e15 in of Straight-Up Lift That Keeps Its Footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies 15 in (38 cm) of vertical adjustment, taking the worksurface to a maximum height of 20 in (50.8 cm) above the desk. Critically, the WorkFit Corner lifts straight up and down rather than arcing forward, so the worksurface stays over its original footprint when you stand. In a corner that matters more than anywhere else on the desk, because there is no room for the surface to travel into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA 36 in Worksurface and a Full-Width Keyboard Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe worksurface measures 36 in x 23.6 in (91.4 x 60 cm) and opens to a maximum width of 44 in (110 cm), with a separate keyboard tray of 36 in x 14.5 in (91 x 37 cm) tapering to 7.8 in (19.8 cm) deep at the ends. That is enough surface for a monitor, a laptop and paperwork at the same time, with the keyboard and mouse dropped to a proper typing height below the screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35 lbs of Capacity, Single or Dual Monitors\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the WorkFit Corner at 35 lbs (15.9 kg) and confirms it fits single and dual monitor setups. Ergotron also states the unit is load tested to four times its weight capacity to avoid tipping, and cycled through 10,000 up and down tests for years of trouble-free height adjustment — useful reassurance for a converter that spends its life in a corner where a tipping failure would take two monitors with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShips Fully Assembled — Working in Minutes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit Corner ships fully assembled with out-of-the-box installation, so there is no build time and no tools to find. For an office rollout that is the difference between a desk being productive the same morning and losing an afternoon to flat-pack assembly. Ergotron backs it with a full five-year warranty, and SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-468-921\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack — the only finish Ergotron lists for this model\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop sit-stand converter for corner and L-shaped desks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled with out-of-the-box installation; sits on the existing desktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 years — Ergotron states the WorkFit Corner is “tested and guaranteed with a full five-year warranty”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every unit sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 lbs (15.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in x 23.6 in (91.4 x 60 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Worksurface Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44 in (110 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in x 14.5 in (91 x 37 cm), tapering to 7.8 in (19.8 cm) deep at the ends\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Monitors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits single and dual monitor setups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad tested to four times its weight capacity to avoid tipping; tested to 140 lbs (63.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Height Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38 cm) of vertical adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Worksurface Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (50.8 cm) above the desktop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMotion Path\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifts straight up and down — the worksurface remains over its original footprint when standing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCycle Testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 up and down tests\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Mount Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccepts two kinds of optional Ergotron monitor mounts, including a Dual Monitor Riser Kit (ordered separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57.5 lbs (26.1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e76 lbs (34.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47.7 x 36 x 9.5 in (121.3 x 91.4 x 24.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference Document\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner product sheet, literature date 10.01.2020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s official WorkFit Corner product sheet. Supported monitor screen size, construction materials and a named lift technology are \u003cstrong\u003enot published by Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e for this model and have been omitted rather than estimated — note in particular that the 140 lbs tipping-test figure is a safety test result and is not a usable load rating. The capacity to work to is 35 lbs (15.9 kg).\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe WorkFit Corner is a \u003cstrong\u003edesktop converter\u003c\/strong\u003e, not a mount. It sits on top of an existing corner or L-shaped desk, so there is no desk clamp, no grommet hole to drill and no wall fixing — and therefore no desk-thickness limit to check. What you do need is enough clear corner surface: the unit needs 36 in x 23.6 in (91.4 x 60 cm) of desktop, opening to a maximum width of 44 in (110 cm). Measure the corner before ordering, particularly in compact home offices and hot-desking layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOn monitors.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron confirms the WorkFit Corner fits single and dual monitor setups and rates the unit at 35 lbs (15.9 kg) total. Ergotron does \u003cem\u003enot\u003c\/em\u003e publish a maximum supported screen diagonal for this model, so we do not quote one — any figure you see elsewhere is a reseller estimate. Work to the weight instead: add up your monitors, laptop and anything else that will ride on the surface, and keep the total under 35 lbs. Two typical 24 in office monitors sit comfortably inside that budget; two heavy 32 in panels very likely do not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels.\u003c\/strong\u003e The same rule applies and the same caution is warranted: these panels are usually heavy, and on a corner unit the load also sits further from the desk edge. Send SourceIT your exact monitor model and we will check the weight against the 35 lb rating before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonitors can be raised further.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron confirms the WorkFit Corner accepts two kinds of optional monitor mount, including a Dual Monitor Riser Kit. These lift the screens above the worksurface so the display sits at eye level while the keyboard stays at elbow height — the correct ergonomic relationship, and the reason a converter with a monitor mount outperforms one without. The mounts are ordered separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSits on the existing desktop — no clamp, grommet or wall fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — nothing clamps to the desk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Space Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 in x 23.6 in (91.4 x 60 cm), opening to a maximum 44 in (110 cm) wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Shape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned specifically for corner and L-shaped desks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle and dual monitor setups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 lbs (15.9 kg) — monitors, laptop and desk items combined\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this model — specify by weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable to the converter itself; determined by the optional monitor mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; WorkFit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish an itemised carton list for the WorkFit Corner. What Ergotron does state plainly is that the unit \u003cstrong\u003eships fully assembled with out-of-the-box installation\u003c\/strong\u003e — the worksurface, keyboard tray and lift mechanism arrive as one working assembly. Monitor mounts, including the Dual Monitor Riser Kit, are ordered separately and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWorkFit Corner — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-468-921 — WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter, Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 in (38 cm) lift · 35 lbs (15.9 kg) · 36 x 23.6 in worksurface · ships fully assembled · 5-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron lists no alternative finish or second part number for the WorkFit Corner — 33-468-921 in black is the only variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Sit-Stand Workstations at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003\"\u003e24-547-003 — LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand desk, 29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm) · 15 lbs (7 kg) · 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214\"\u003e24-206-214 — Neo-Flex LCD Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand monitor cart · 27 in (68.6 cm) total adjustment · 26 lbs (11.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart · 20 in (50.8 cm) adjustment · 3 to 15 lbs (1.36 to 6.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron Accessories at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-notebook-tray-50-193-200\"\u003e50-193-200 — Ergotron Notebook Tray\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdds a laptop platform to an Ergotron LX arm · 2.5 to 12 lbs (1.1 to 5.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-workfit-corner-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner — Official Datasheet \/ Product Sheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-468\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner (33-468) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron WorkFit Corner\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my corner desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt needs 36 in x 23.6 in (91.4 x 60 cm) of clear desktop and opens to a maximum width of 44 in (110 cm). The WorkFit Corner is purpose-shaped for corner and L-shaped desks — measure the corner itself rather than the overall desk, because the depth of the return is usually the constraint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does it lift?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 in (38 cm) of vertical adjustment, reaching a maximum worksurface height of 20 in (50.8 cm) above the desktop. It lifts straight up and down, so the worksurface stays over its original footprint when you stand — important in a corner, where a converter that arcs forward has nowhere to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size monitor does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron does not publish a maximum screen diagonal for the WorkFit Corner, so we will not quote one. Specify by weight instead: the unit is rated at 35 lbs (15.9 kg) for everything on the surface combined. Send SourceIT your monitor model and we will check it against the rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use two monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron confirms the WorkFit Corner fits single and dual monitor setups, and accepts two kinds of optional monitor mount including a Dual Monitor Riser Kit. Keep the combined weight of both screens plus anything else on the surface inside the 35 lb (15.9 kg) rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp to the desk or need drilling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNeither. It sits on top of the desk you already have, so there is no desk-thickness limit, no grommet hole and nothing to fix to a wall. That makes it straightforward in leased Singapore office space where drilling furniture or walls is not permitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much assembly is involved?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNone. Ergotron ships the WorkFit Corner fully assembled with out-of-the-box installation. Note the shipping carton is substantial at 47.7 x 36 x 9.5 in (121.3 x 91.4 x 24.1 cm) and 76 lbs (34.5 kg), so plan lift access for upper floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with a mobile sit-stand desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe WorkFit Corner upgrades a desk you already own and stays put. If you need the workstation itself to move — between classrooms, wards or meeting spaces — look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003\"\u003eLearnFit Sit-Stand Desk (24-547-003)\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214\"\u003eNeo-Flex LCD Cart (24-206-214)\u003c\/a\u003e instead, both of which roll on their own base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron WorkFit Corner sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the WorkFit Corner with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/gFmy6B2uwUk\" title=\"Ergotron WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452849721508,"sku":"33-468-921","price":915.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/33-468-921_h-orig.jpg?v=1790251095"},{"product_id":"ergotron-neo-flex-keyboard-wall-mount-45-403-062","title":"Ergotron Neo-Flex® Keyboard Wall Mount","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex® Keyboard Wall Mount (45-403-062) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Keyboard Station Where There Is No Desk\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Neo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount puts a keyboard and mouse on the wall and folds them away again afterwards. It is built for the places a desk cannot go: patient rooms and ward corridors, dispensary and lab benches, retail counters, warehouse and workshop kiosks — anywhere staff need a few minutes at a terminal and the floor space is needed back straight after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtends 19.25 Inches from the Wall, Then Folds Flat\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn use the tray reaches up to 19.25″ (49 cm) from the wall, putting the keyboard at a natural typing distance rather than pressed against it. When the job is done it folds back to a slim profile, keeping corridors clear and surfaces easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTilt, Pan and 5 Inches of Depth Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tray tilts through 90°, pans 120° side to side and adjusts 5″ (13 cm) in depth, with a friction adjustment so the setting holds for the way your team works. Negative tilt is supported, which is the position that keeps wrists neutral when typing while standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounts to Wood, Concrete, Hollow Wall or Steel Stud\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron supplies fixings for wood studs, hollow sheetrock, concrete and steel studs of 25 gauge or heavier, and specifies that the wall structure must support four times the total weight of the mounted equipment. The Keyboard Wall Mount carries a five-year Ergotron manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex® Keyboard Wall Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-403-062\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount — slide-out keyboard tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported Wall Types\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood stud, hollow wall (sheetrock), concrete, steel stud 25 gauge or heavier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 5 lbs (2.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMouse Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded (mouse pouch fitted during installation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tilt \/ Rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5″ (13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension from Wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 19.25″ (49 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFriction Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable — increase or decrease movement friction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Structure Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall must support four times the total weight of mounted equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Fasteners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4-20 x 2″ bolts, M6 x 70 mm anchors, ST6.3 x 50 mm screws, assorted nuts and washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.75″ x 15.5″ x 5.7″ (53 x 39.5 x 14 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 lbs (5.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Neo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount takes a keyboard weighing \u003cstrong\u003eup to 5 lbs (2.3 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e with a mouse pouch fitted alongside. Ergotron does not publish tray dimensions for this model, so if you use an unusually wide mechanical or split keyboard, check its footprint before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted\u003c\/strong\u003e product, so desk thickness is not a consideration — wall structure is. Ergotron requires the wall to support \u003cstrong\u003efour times the total weight of the mounted equipment\u003c\/strong\u003e, and supplies fixings for wood studs, hollow sheetrock, concrete and steel studs of \u003cstrong\u003e25 gauge or heavier\u003c\/strong\u003e. Confirm which of these you are fixing into before installation day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn use it reaches \u003cstrong\u003eup to 19.25″ (49 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e from the wall with \u003cstrong\u003e5″ (13 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e of depth adjustment, \u003cstrong\u003e90°\u003c\/strong\u003e of tilt (negative tilt supported) and \u003cstrong\u003e120°\u003c\/strong\u003e of pan. Pair it with the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-monitor-wall-mount-28-514-800\"\u003eNeo-Flex Dual Monitor Wall Mount (28-514-800)\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-wall-mount-lift-60-577-195\"\u003eNeo-Flex Wall Mount Lift (60-577-195)\u003c\/a\u003e to build a complete wall-mounted workstation with no desk at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Neo-Flex Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e keyboard wall mount with slide-out tray and mouse pouch, plus a fastener set covering wood, hollow-wall, concrete and steel-stud installations — 1\/4-20 x 2″ bolts, M6 x 70 mm anchors, ST6.3 x 50 mm screws and assorted nuts and washers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeo-Flex Wall-Mounted Range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-403-062 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Dual Monitor Wall Mount (grey \u0026amp; black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-dual-monitor-wall-mount-28-514-800\"\u003e28-514-800\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Wall Mount Lift, single display (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex%C2%AE-wall-mount-lift-60-577-195\"\u003e60-577-195\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated Neo-Flex Keyboard Products\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-underdesk-keyboard-arm-97-582-009\"\u003e97-582-009\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-403\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Adjustable Keyboard Wall Mount with Mouse Tray product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-neoflexdualkbwm-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Dual Monitor \u0026amp; Keyboard Wall Mount datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-61-101-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Neo-Flex Slide-out Keyboard Tray Wall Mount installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Neo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat finish does it come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWhite (part number 45-403-062). Ergotron lists no other finish for this model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy a keyboard can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 5 lbs (2.3 kg). A mouse pouch is included and fitted during installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does it come out from the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 19.25 inches (49 cm), with 5 inches (13 cm) of depth adjustment so you can set the reach that suits the station.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I tilt it for standing use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The tray tilts through 90° including negative tilt — the position that keeps wrists neutral when typing while standing — and pans 120° side to side. A friction adjustment holds your setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of wall can I fix it to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWood studs, hollow wall (sheetrock), concrete, and steel studs of 25 gauge or heavier. Ergotron requires that the wall structure support four times the total weight of the mounted equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I choose this or the under-desk keyboard arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose this where there is no desk — a patient room, counter or kiosk. Choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-underdesk-keyboard-arm-97-582-009\"\u003eNeo-Flex Underdesk Keyboard Arm (97-582-009)\u003c\/a\u003e when you have a desk and want the keyboard below its surface, with a larger 26.9″ tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Neo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Neo-Flex Keyboard Wall Mount with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42452901003428,"sku":"45-403-062","price":850.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-403-062-a1-orig_e8d051f1-3381-40af-ba0c-958d84f9ece6.jpg?v=1790251099"},{"product_id":"ergotron-learnfit-sit-stand-desk-24-547-003","title":"Ergotron LearnFit Mobile Sit-Stand Desk Short 29 to 45\"","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LearnFit® Mobile Sit-Stand Desk Short, 29 to 45 in (24-547-003) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Sit-Stand Desk That Moves With the Room\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Short is a single-user desk on locking casters, built for spaces that get rearranged: classrooms, training rooms, libraries, agile offices and shared study areas. It does not clamp, bolt or wire into anything, so a Singapore school or office can reconfigure a room in minutes and put it back the same afternoon — no facilities request, no installer, no reinstatement clause.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e29 to 45 in of Height, Set by the Person Using It\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies a worksurface height of 29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm) — 16 in (40 cm) of travel — adjusted by hand lever without tools. Ergotron calls the mechanism PrecisionHeight Technology, and the point of it is that the user sets the desk rather than the desk setting the user. Ergotron rates the sit-stand configuration for age 12 to adult, and the standing configuration from age 6 to adult.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAssembles in Under a Minute, With No Tools\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron states the LearnFit assembles in less than one minute with no tools needed. For a school taking delivery of thirty desks before term starts, or an office fitting out a floor over a weekend, that is the specification that decides the project timeline. Premium casters move the desk effortlessly over carpet or hard flooring, and lock when it is in position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt Around How Students Actually Work\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LearnFit carries a cup holder, a tablet slot, a pencil tray and a backpack hook as part of the desk rather than as accessories. The tablet slot in particular matters in a device-led classroom: it holds a screen upright at a readable angle while leaving the full 24 in x 22 in (61 x 56 cm) worksurface clear for writing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTen-Year Warranty on a Desk That Gets Used Hard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the LearnFit at 15 lbs (7 kg) and builds it with a super-durable worksurface intended to stand up to demanding classroom conditions. Ergotron backs it with a full 10-year warranty — unusually long for education furniture, and the clearest signal of how the product is expected to be treated. SourceIT supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LearnFit Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LearnFit® Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-547-003\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey \/ silver, per Ergotron’s current (2024) LearnFit datasheet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile single-user sit-stand desk on casters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron PrecisionHeight™ Technology — hand lever, tool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembles in less than one minute; no tools needed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 years — Ergotron states “Quality that lasts: Comes with a full 10-year warranty”, and the datasheet specification table prints “Warranty 10 years”\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every desk sold by SourceIT\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15 lbs (7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in W x 22 in D (61 x 56 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in W x 22 in D (61 x 56 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated Features\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCup holder, tablet slot, pencil tray and backpack hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuper-durable worksurface construction intended to stand up to demanding classroom conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface Height Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift \/ Travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 in (40 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustment Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand lever, tool-free — the user raises and lowers the desktop directly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Age — Sit-Stand Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAge 12 to adult\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Age — Standing Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAge 6 to adult\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMobility \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCasters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile, locking casters — Ergotron states they move effortlessly over carpeted or hard-surfaced floors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility Purpose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll the desks to reconfigure a classroom or workspace quickly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuality materials intended to withstand the rigours of daily classroom use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReference Documents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk datasheet (02.15.2024) and the Ergotron WorkFit \/ Adjustable Desks product catalogue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eEvery figure above is taken from Ergotron’s official LearnFit datasheet and Ergotron’s own product catalogue. Product weight, shipping weight and carton dimensions, caster count and diameter, an itemised box-contents list and specific material grades are \u003cstrong\u003enot published by Ergotron\u003c\/strong\u003e for this part number and have been omitted rather than estimated. The height range of the taller LearnFit (24-481-003) has deliberately \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e been substituted here.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LearnFit Short is a complete, free-standing desk. Nothing clamps, nothing is drilled and nothing plugs in — so there is no desk thickness to check, no grommet hole and no wall fixing. For leased Singapore premises and school estates where fixed installation means a reinstatement obligation at the end of the lease, that is the whole appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho it fits.\u003c\/strong\u003e The worksurface runs from 29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm), which Ergotron rates for \u003cstrong\u003eage 12 to adult in sit-stand use\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eage 6 to adult in standing use\u003c\/strong\u003e. If you are specifying for a secondary school, a polytechnic, a university or an adult office, the Short is the model to look at. If you need to seat taller adults at the top of the range, ask SourceIT about the taller LearnFit (24-481-003), which Ergotron publishes with a different and higher range — we have deliberately not printed that model’s numbers here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat it will carry.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron rates the LearnFit at 15 lbs (7 kg). That is sized for a laptop or tablet, books and stationery — it is a student and knowledge-work desk, not a monitor-arm platform. If you need to mount a display, specify a workstation designed for it rather than loading this desk beyond its rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDevices.\u003c\/strong\u003e The integrated tablet slot holds a screen upright while keeping the 24 in x 22 in (61 x 56 cm) worksurface clear, and the cup holder, pencil tray and backpack hook are part of the desk rather than extras to buy. Ergotron does not publish a maximum tablet or laptop size for the slot, so we do not quote one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing mobile desk — no clamp, grommet or wall fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm), 16 in (40 cm) of travel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Age — Sit-Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 to adult\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated Age — Standing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 to adult\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 lbs (7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in W x 22 in D (61 x 56 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot a monitor-mounting product — no VESA interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking casters for carpet or hard flooring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LearnFit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron does not publish an itemised carton list for the LearnFit Short. Ergotron does confirm the desk \u003cstrong\u003eassembles in less than one minute with no tools needed\u003c\/strong\u003e, and that the cup holder, tablet slot, pencil tray and backpack hook are integrated features of the desk rather than separately ordered accessories. Ask SourceIT to confirm current carton contents before ordering in classroom quantities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLearnFit Family — Ordering\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24-547-003 — LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Short (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm) · 16 in (40 cm) travel · 15 lbs (7 kg) · 10-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-481-003 — LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk, Tall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe taller model in the same family, for users at the top of the height range — ask SourceIT for availability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24-756-003 — LearnFit Whiteboard Sit-Stand Desk, Short\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhiteboard worksurface variant. Note Ergotron warrants this model differently: 1 year on the worksurface, 10 years on base and lift engine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eOther Ergotron Sit-Stand and Mobile Workstations at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-corner-standing-desk-converter-33-468-921\"\u003e33-468-921 — WorkFit Corner Standing Desk Converter\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner desktop converter · 15 in (38 cm) lift · 35 lbs (15.9 kg) · 5-year warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-laptop-cart-24-205-214\"\u003e24-205-214 — Neo-Flex Laptop Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand laptop cart · 20 in (50.8 cm) adjustment · integrated laptop security\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214\"\u003e24-206-214 — Neo-Flex LCD Cart\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobile sit-stand monitor cart · 27 in (68.6 cm) total adjustment · monitor to 22 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/learnfit-mobile-desk-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk — Official Datasheet (PDF, covers Tall and Short)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/24-547\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LearnFit Mobile Desk (24-547) — Official Product Page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/1d5042ab11f949b0af7d8a283ff6fb44-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron WorkFit Sit-Stand Workstations \u0026amp; Adjustable Desks — Product Catalogue (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20260304-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Limited Warranty Terms and Conditions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT supplies Ergotron across Singapore with local warranty support and a GST invoice. Contact us for volume pricing, site survey and delivery scheduling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LearnFit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat height range does it cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e29 to 45 in (73.7 to 114.3 cm) of worksurface height, which is 16 in (40 cm) of travel, adjusted by hand lever without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWho is the Short model right for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates the sit-stand configuration for age 12 to adult, and standing use from age 6 to adult. That covers secondary school through to adult office use. For users who need the top of the range, ask SourceIT about the taller LearnFit (24-481-003) — it has its own published height range, which we have not reproduced here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much will it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e15 lbs (7 kg). That is a laptop or tablet plus books and stationery. It is not designed to carry a mounted monitor — if you need a display on an arm, specify a workstation built for it rather than overloading this desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount a monitor on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The LearnFit has no VESA interface and Ergotron publishes none for it. For a mobile workstation that carries a monitor on an articulating arm, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-neo-flex-lcd-cart-24-206-214\"\u003eNeo-Flex LCD Cart (24-206-214)\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does assembly take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron states less than one minute, with no tools needed — which is the specification that matters when you are commissioning a whole classroom or floor at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it roll on carpet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Ergotron specifies premium casters that move effortlessly over carpeted or hard-surfaced floors, and they lock once the desk is positioned. Ergotron does not publish the caster count or diameter, so we do not quote those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the WorkFit Corner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-workfit-corner-standing-desk-converter-33-468-921\"\u003eWorkFit Corner (33-468-921)\u003c\/a\u003e is a converter that sits on a desk you already own, takes 35 lbs (15.9 kg) and stays where it is put. The LearnFit is a complete desk on locking casters that rolls between rooms and carries 15 lbs (7 kg). Choose the WorkFit Corner to upgrade a fixed corner workstation; choose the LearnFit when the furniture itself has to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a local warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LearnFit Sit-Stand Desk with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LearnFit®: The Positive Impacts of Standing Desks\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/1MxbMlJXlJQ\" title=\"Ergotron LearnFit®: The Positive Impacts of Standing Desks\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LearnFit® Gets Students Standing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Lty8ri79nNg\" title=\"Ergotron LearnFit® Gets Students Standing\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMovement Supports Engaging STEM Experiences\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/FmgxB61bYVY\" title=\"Movement Supports Engaging STEM Experiences\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LearnFit Mobile Sit-Stand Desk: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/ws-NrQa7N20\" title=\"Ergotron LearnFit Mobile Sit-Stand Desk: Top Features \u0026amp; Benefits\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42455495508132,"sku":"24-547-003","price":725.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/698833057133.main-orig.jpg?v=1790251115"},{"product_id":"ergotron-ds100-quad-monitor-desk-stand-33-324-200","title":"Ergotron DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand (33-324-200) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFour Displays on a Single Base\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand consolidates four monitors onto one weighted base and pole. It is the configuration trading floors, market-data desks, dealing rooms, security operations centres and engineering workstations reach for when four factory stands simply will not fit on the available desk. Removing those stands is what returns usable surface to the operator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e31 lbs (14 kg) Per LCD — Rated Per Screen, Not Shared\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the DS100 quad at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD. That is a per-display figure across all four positions, not a combined budget to divide between screens. For a four-panel build the practical implication is that you can specify identical monitors throughout without worrying which position carries the heaviest panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e360° Rotation on Every Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the four displays rotates a full 360°, so a quad array can mix orientations — two landscape for charts and dashboards, two portrait for order books, logs or long documents — and be reconfigured in seconds as the desk’s role changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA 75\/100 Fit With Aluminium and Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stand attaches through the VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C interface, covering the 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm patterns used by most business displays. Aluminium and steel construction gives a four-screen assembly the rigidity it needs, and the integrated cable management system keeps a dozen or more cables organised behind the array rather than across the desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-324-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour (4)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing weighted desk base (grommet mount base 60-350-200 available separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24″ per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Monitor Outside Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23¼″ (59 cm) per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D, 75\/100, C (75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor height set by position on the pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Alignment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParabolic bows keep the array on a continuous viewing arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable aluminium and steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable management system organises and routes cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeighted free-standing base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScreen fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies up to 24″ per display with a maximum monitor outside width of 23¼″ (59 cm) per screen, at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD. As with every multi-monitor crossbar, measure the physical edge-to-edge width of your panel rather than relying on the diagonal — a slim-bezel 24″ will normally fit, a thick-bezel or wide 24″ may not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA:\u003c\/strong\u003e VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C — 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm. Monitors with recessed VESA interfaces should use the supplied long screws with spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesk planning:\u003c\/strong\u003e a four-screen array is tall as well as wide. Confirm you have adequate ceiling and partition clearance above the desk, and enough viewing distance that the outer screens stay within a comfortable head-turn. Ergotron’s DS100 dimensional drawings (linked in Downloads) give the crossbar and base footprints for planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing weighted base as supplied. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eDS100 Grommet Mount Base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e anchors the pole through the worksurface (openings 3\/8–3″ \/ 10–76 mm) and is worth specifying for permanently installed dealing desks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e ultrawides exceed the width limit. Curved 24″ panels are workable within the 23¼″ outside width, with extra rear clearance for the curvature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; DS100 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeighted desk-stand base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePole (14″ or 28″ depending on model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParabolic bow \/ crossbar and monitor brackets for the stated number of screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA mounting hardware (M4 x 10 mm screws and fasteners)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Series desk stands available from SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-322-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-vertical-33-091-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-091-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-triple-monitor-desk-stand-33-323-200\"\u003eDS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-323-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-324-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eGrommet Mount Base for DS100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-350-200 — replaces the free-standing base; fits worksurface openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm) in diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-clamping-double-pivot-47-051-200\"\u003eDS100 Clamping Double Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-051-200 — pole-clamp pivot for adding a display to a DS100 pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-324\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand (33-324)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-030-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron DS100 Series datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-030-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Series dimensional drawings — dual, triple and quad (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-33-304-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 quad monitor desk stand installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 31 lbs rating shared across all four monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron specifies 31 lbs (14 kg) \u003cem\u003eper LCD\u003c\/em\u003e, so each of the four positions carries that independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size monitors fit the DS100 quad stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 24″ per display, with a maximum monitor outside width of 23¼″ (59 cm). Check your panel’s physical width, not just the diagonal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix portrait and landscape screens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — every display rotates a full 360°, so any combination of portrait and landscape works and can be changed without dismounting anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this compare with the DS100 triple stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-triple-monitor-desk-stand-33-323-200\"\u003eDS100 Triple (33-323-200)\u003c\/a\u003e carries three screens but restricts each to 21″ (53 cm) and a 20″ (51 cm) outside width. The quad carries four and allows the full 24″ \/ 23¼″ width — so despite holding more screens, it accepts larger ones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to drill my desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The stand ships with a free-standing weighted base. For a permanent dealing-desk installation, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003egrommet mount base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e anchors it through the worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it work with monitors that have no VESA holes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot directly. The stand uses VESA 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm; a non-VESA display needs a manufacturer adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the DS100 come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron DS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the DS100 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42458593263780,"sku":"33-324-200","price":715.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/33-324-200_20ds100_20quad_20monitor_20desk_20stand_20greyscrn-hr-logo-orig.jpg?v=1790251115"},{"product_id":"ergotron-sv43-44-supplemental-single-drawer-97-851","title":"Ergotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eErgotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer (97-851) - Local Warranty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdds A single large compartment Beneath the Drawer You Already Have\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's description: \"The supplemental drawer attaches under a cart's primary drawer to provide additional secure storage space.\" The \u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e configuration provides one large drawer, hanging below the existing module rather than replacing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOne Large Compartment Rather Than Several Small Ones\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's single configuration is one \u003cstrong\u003elarge\u003c\/strong\u003e storage area across the full width of the module. It suits bulkier items — boxed consumables, a spare handset, bagged stock — that will not fit a divided drawer. Where sorting matters more than volume, the Double gives two medium compartments and the Triple three small ones in the same module width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBuilt for Medication Delivery at the Point of Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron scopes this drawer to \u003cstrong\u003emedication delivery\u003c\/strong\u003e on a  SV43\/44 cart. That matters when specifying: the auto-locking drawer behaviour, the PIN administration and the one-drawer-at-a-time interlock are all properties of the SV43\/44 cart system, and this module is designed to work within it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e97-851\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle — one large drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplemental drawer — attaches beneath an existing drawer module\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCart Family\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV43\/44 carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Description\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\"The supplemental drawer attaches under a cart's primary drawer to provide additional secure storage space.\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal warranty — see note below\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded with every SourceIT purchase, with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFit \u0026amp; Configuration\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttaches under the cart's primary drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCart Generation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView SV43 (non-powered) and SV44 (powered) carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCart Locking System (a cart feature, not a drawer feature)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto-Locking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV43 and SV44 carts use an auto-locking drawer system for medication management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccess Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV43: variable-length PINs for up to 1,000 users with StyleLink software, 100 users without. SV44: PIN administration via eKinnex\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterlock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen only one drawer at a time; all drawers in a row must close before another row unlocks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAuto-Lock Timeout\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe system re-locks after 15 seconds if drawers are left open\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty on Auto-Lock Electronics\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron's schedule gives 1 year on electronic components such as auto-lock drawers and auto-lock systems, under StyleView Carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003ePublished Specification Limits\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrawer Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron for this part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterials, Colour, Box Contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeys \/ Key Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron — the SV43 and SV44 locking systems are PIN-based at cart level, not keyed at drawer level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat the configuration name means.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron's single, double and triple describe how many drawers sit \u003cem\u003eside by side within one module\u003c\/em\u003e, not how many are stacked: single gives one large area, double gives two medium drawers, triple gives three small ones, all in the same module width. There is no \"Triple Tall\" in Ergotron's range, which is consistent with the tall option existing only on the wider-compartment configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplemental, not primary.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron describes this drawer as attaching \u003cem\u003eunder\u003c\/em\u003e an existing drawer. It is not a standalone module: a cart with no drawers at all needs a primary drawer first, and this adds capacity below it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits both generations.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron's name for this drawer — SV43\/44 Supplemental — is the compatibility statement: it serves the non-powered SV43 and the powered SV44. Ergotron describes it as providing additional \u003cem\u003esecure\u003c\/em\u003e storage, without naming a mechanism; the auto-locking behaviour belongs to the cart system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Ergotron does not publish.\u003c\/strong\u003e No drawer dimensions, no weight capacity, no materials, no colour and no box contents for any part number in this matrix — we checked all 35. We would rather show you that gap than fill it from a distributor sheet. If a dimension or a load figure decides your configuration, ask us and we will get it from Ergotron before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; StyleView SV43\/44 Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes no box-contents list for this drawer. It ships as the drawer module with the hardware to mount it beneath an existing drawer module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRetrofit note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron states that drawers can be added or removed as needs change, and warns that adding drawers may reduce the cart's total height adjustment. Plan the final drawer count before installation rather than after.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSV43\/44 Supplemental Drawer Ordering Information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e97-851 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle — one large drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-44-supplemental-single-tall-drawer-97-974\"\u003e97-974\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Tall — one large drawer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-44-supplemental-double-drawer-97-983\"\u003e97-983\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble — two medium drawers side by side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-44-supplemental-double-tall-drawer-97-984\"\u003e97-984\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble Tall — two medium drawers side by side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-44-supplemental-triple-drawer-97-849\"\u003e97-849\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple — three small drawers side by side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSV43 Primary Drawers — the module this attaches beneath (non-powered carts)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-primary-single-drawer-for-lcd-carts97-900\"\u003e97-900\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, LCD carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-primary-single-drawer-for-laptop-carts-97-902\"\u003e97-902\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, laptop carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-primary-single-tall-drawer-for-lcd-carts-97-972\"\u003e97-972\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Tall, LCD carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-primary-single-tall-drawer-for-laptop-carts-97-973\"\u003e97-973\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Tall, laptop carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-primary-double-drawer-for-lcd-carts-97-979\"\u003e97-979\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble, LCD carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv43-primary-double-drawer-for-laptop-carts-97-980\"\u003e97-980\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble, laptop carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSV44 Primary Drawers — powered carts\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv44-primary-single-drawer-for-lcd-carts-97-866\"\u003e97-866\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, LCD carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv44-primary-single-drawer-for-laptop-carts-97-868\"\u003e97-868\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle, laptop carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv44-primary-single-tall-drawer-for-lcd-carts-97-970\"\u003e97-970\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Tall, LCD carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv44-primary-single-tall-drawer-for-laptop-carts-97-971-copy\"\u003e97-971\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle Tall, laptop carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv44-primary-double-drawer-for-lcd-carts-97-975\"\u003e97-975\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble, LCD carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv44-primary-double-drawer-for-laptop-carts-97-976\"\u003e97-976\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble, laptop carts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eStyleView Carts at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview%C2%AE-cart-with-lcd-arm-life-powered-3-drawers-1x3-uk-sv44-1232-3\"\u003eSV44-1232-3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView Cart with LCD Arm, LiFe Powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-cart-with-lcd-pivot-sv42-6302-3\"\u003eSV42-6302-3\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyleView Cart with LCD Pivot, LiFe Powered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/97-851\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer product page (97-851)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/sv43series-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView SV43 series datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/sv44series-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron StyleView SV44 series datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes no datasheet or installation guide against this drawer part number. The cart datasheets above are the authoritative source for the configuration rules, row limits and locking behaviour described on this page — they document the cart, not the drawer module.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat does \"Single\" mean on this drawer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle means one large drawer occupying the full module width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a primary or a supplemental drawer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003esupplemental\u003c\/strong\u003e drawer. It attaches under an existing drawer module and cannot be the only drawer on the cart — a primary module has to be there first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this drawer lock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe locking belongs to the cart, not to the drawer module. SV43 and SV44 carts use an auto-locking drawer system with PIN access — SV43 via StyleLink (up to 1,000 users with the software, 100 without) and SV44 via eKinnex — with an interlock that allows only one drawer open at a time and re-locks after 15 seconds. Ergotron publishes no key or key count for any drawer in this range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the drawer's internal dimensions and how much will it hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron publishes neither, for any part number in this 35-SKU matrix. If your configuration depends on a dimension or a load figure, ask us and we will request it from Ergotron rather than quote a distributor's number.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I add this to a cart already in service?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — retrofit is the stated purpose. Ergotron notes that drawers can be added or removed as needs change, and warns that adding drawers may reduce the cart's total height adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many drawer rows can the cart take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron documents up to five standard rows (or three tall rows) on an SV43, and up to five single-height drawers on an SV44.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron SV43\/44 Supplemental Single Drawer sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice. Ergotron's warranty schedule has no category covering drawer modules themselves — it gives 1 year on cart electronic components such as auto-lock drawers and auto-lock systems, under StyleView Carts — so we do not quote a manufacturer duration for the drawer on this page; ask us and we will confirm the current term with Ergotron for your order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42458717487268,"sku":"97-851","price":660.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/97-851_a-orig.jpg?v=1790253315"},{"product_id":"ergotron-ds100-triple-monitor-desk-stand-33-323-200","title":"Ergotron DS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron DS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand (33-323-200) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree Monitors on One Base, Zero Desk Stands\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron DS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand carries three displays on a single weighted base and one pole, replacing three separate factory stands with one footprint. For trading desks, NOC and security operations rooms, finance teams and design workstations across Singapore, that consolidation is what makes a three-screen layout physically possible on a standard-depth desk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e31 lbs (14 kg) Per LCD Across All Three Positions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery position on the DS100 triple crossbar is rated at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD, so all three screens get the same heavy-duty support rather than the centre position carrying more than the wings. That consistency keeps the assembly balanced and makes it straightforward to swap in a replacement panel later without recalculating the build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt for 21″ Displays — Check Width Before You Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron specifies the triple stand for displays up to 21″ (53 cm) with a maximum monitor outside width of 20″ (51 cm) per screen. Three panels have to share one crossbar, so physical width — not diagonal — is the constraint that decides whether a build fits. If your standard-issue monitor is a 24″ panel, a two-screen DS100 or an articulating LX arm is the better route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e360° Rotation, VESA 75\/100 and Managed Cabling\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the three displays rotates a full 360° for portrait or landscape work, and mounts through the VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C interface covering 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm patterns. Aluminium and steel construction keeps a three-screen assembly stable, while integrated cable management keeps six or more cables off the worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-323-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree (3), side-by-side horizontal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing weighted desk base (grommet mount base 60-350-200 available separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 21″ (53 cm) per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Monitor Outside Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (51 cm) per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D, 75\/100, C (75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor height set by position on the pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Alignment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParabolic bow keeps all three displays on a continuous viewing arc\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable aluminium and steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable management system organises and routes cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeighted free-standing base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is the specification to check first:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron rates the DS100 triple stand for displays up to \u003cstrong\u003e21″ (53 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e with a maximum monitor outside width of \u003cstrong\u003e20″ (51 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e per screen. Three panels share one crossbar, so the physical edge-to-edge width of your monitor decides the fit — a 24″ panel will not meet this specification even though the arms themselves are rated to carry it. Measure your display before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD across all three positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA:\u003c\/strong\u003e VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C — 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm. Recessed VESA interfaces use the supplied long screws with spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing weighted base, no drilling or clamping required. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eDS100 Grommet Mount Base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e is available if you want the pole fixed through the desk (worksurface openings 3\/8–3″ \/ 10–76 mm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e not a match for this model. Ultrawides exceed the 20″ width limit by a wide margin; for those, use a two-screen DS100 or an articulating Ergotron LX or HX arm instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; DS100 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeighted desk-stand base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePole (14″ or 28″ depending on model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParabolic bow \/ crossbar and monitor brackets for the stated number of screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA mounting hardware (M4 x 10 mm screws and fasteners)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Series desk stands available from SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-322-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-vertical-33-091-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-091-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-323-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-quad-monitor-desk-stand-33-324-200\"\u003eDS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-324-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eGrommet Mount Base for DS100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-350-200 — replaces the free-standing base; fits worksurface openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm) in diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-clamping-double-pivot-47-051-200\"\u003eDS100 Clamping Double Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-051-200 — pole-clamp pivot for adding a display to a DS100 pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-323\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — DS100 Triple Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal (33-323)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-030-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron DS100 Series datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-030-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Series dimensional drawings — dual, triple and quad (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-33-303-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 triple monitor desk stand installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron DS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size monitors does the DS100 triple stand actually take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 21″ (53 cm) per display, with a maximum monitor outside width of 20″ (51 cm). Width is the real limit — three panels share a single crossbar. A standard 24″ monitor exceeds this specification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does each position hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD, the same across all three positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use three 24″ monitors on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot within Ergotron’s published specification — 24″ panels exceed the 20″ (51 cm) outside-width limit. For three larger screens, use individual articulating arms such as the Ergotron LX or HX family, or step down to the two-screen \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual Horizontal (33-322-200)\u003c\/a\u003e, which takes 24″ displays up to 23¼″ (59 cm) wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan each screen be rotated to portrait?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — each display rotates a full 360°, so any of the three can run portrait for code, logs or long documents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a triple stand stable on a normal office desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt uses a weighted free-standing base with aluminium and steel construction. Ensure the desk depth allows the base to sit fully on the surface, and use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003egrommet mount base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e if you prefer the pole anchored through the worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the next step up from three screens?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-quad-monitor-desk-stand-33-324-200\"\u003eDS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand (33-324-200)\u003c\/a\u003e, which carries four displays at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the DS100 come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron DS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the DS100 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42458791608484,"sku":"33-323-200","price":635.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/33-323-200-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251120"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-keyboard-arm-45-354-026","title":"Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Keyboard Arm","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Keyboard Arm (45-354-026) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall-Mounted Sit-Stand Typing — 20″ of Height Adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm (45-354-026) puts a keyboard and mouse on the wall and gives them \u003cstrong\u003e20″ (51 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e of vertical travel — enough to move the typing surface between a seated height and a standing one. That extra travel is the single difference that matters against the standard LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm, which lifts 13″ (33 cm). Where a workstation is shared across a shift, or a user alternates between sitting and standing through the day, this is the arm that supports both without compromise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e42″ of Reach, Folding Back to 5.8″\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm brings the keyboard \u003cstrong\u003e42″ (107 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e out from the wall so the user can stand comfortably clear of it, then folds back to \u003cstrong\u003e5.8″ (15 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e when parked. In Singapore clinical bays, laboratories, industrial workstations and point-of-care positions where a permanent desk is impractical but ergonomic typing is still required, that reach-then-retract behaviour is what a fixed shelf cannot deliver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Force™ Technology — Effortless, Tool-Free Movement\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented Constant Force™ Technology is what makes the arm move under fingertip pressure and stay exactly where it is set. There are no knobs to loosen and re-tighten between users, which is precisely what determines whether a shared height-adjustable workstation actually gets adjusted in practice or quietly gets left at one setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBack-Tilt Keyboard Position and 360° Pan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tray back-tilts 5° in the down position — the negative-tilt geometry that keeps wrists neutral during sustained typing — and folds 90° upright for storage. A full 360° of pan lets the keyboard swing to whichever side of the wall point the user is standing on. Ergotron rates the arm for keyboards up to 17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm) and a load of 5 lbs (2.3 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTen-Year Ergotron Warranty, Supported Locally in Singapore\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty. SourceIT Pte Ltd supplies it with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-354-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished Aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall — sturdy vertical surface, wood stud or solid concrete; also mounts to Ergotron Wall Track via bracket 97-091 (ordered separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.1 lbs (7.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.25″L × 10.5″W × 6.5″H (74.5 × 26.5 × 16 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Keyboard Fit\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 lbs (2.3 kg) — rated range 0–5 lbs (0–2.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Keyboard Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMouse Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall-mounted mouse holder included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (51 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42″ (107 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolded Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.8″ (15 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5° back-tilt in the down position; folds 90° upright for storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron patented Constant Force™ Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Structure Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall structure must support four times the total weight of mounted equipment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConcrete Fixing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchors set at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm) deep in solid concrete, not mortar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall Track Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounts to Ergotron Wall Track using bracket 97-091 (ordered separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Finishes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-354-026 polished aluminium (sole finish listed by Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeyboard fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron rates the tray for keyboards up to \u003cstrong\u003e17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e. That comfortably covers a standard full-size keyboard with a number pad, and every tenkeyless or compact board. An oversized gaming or split ergonomic keyboard should be measured against those figures before ordering. Ergotron publishes the maximum keyboard size but not the tray's own outer dimensions, so SourceIT does not quote a tray measurement here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The rated load is \u003cstrong\u003e5 lbs (2.3 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e, covering a keyboard and mouse. It is not a shelf — do not rest a laptop, tablet or documents on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMouse.\u003c\/strong\u003e A wall-mounted mouse holder is included, so the mouse is carried by the installation rather than needing a separate surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor mounting is separate.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a keyboard arm only — no display mount, no VESA plate. To put a screen on the same wall, pair it with the matching Ergotron monitor arm, or specify one of the complete LX Wall Mount Systems that bundles arm, keyboard and CPU holder on a single wall track. Both routes are listed in the ordering section below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich of the two keyboard arms.\u003c\/strong\u003e This sit-stand model lifts 20″ (51 cm) and reaches 42″ (107 cm); the standard 45-246-026 lifts 13″ (33 cm) and reaches 35″ (89 cm). Choose this one if a standing user must be supported; choose the standard arm if all use is seated and you want a lower folded depth (3.5″ against 5.8″).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall type — important in Singapore.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron's instruction is to attach directly to a sturdy vertical surface and to install into a wood stud where applicable; for concrete, anchors must be set at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm) deep in \u003cem\u003esolid\u003c\/em\u003e concrete, not into mortar. The wall structure must support four times the total weight of the mounted equipment. Reinforced concrete and solid block walls — standard in most Singapore commercial buildings, HDB flats and condominiums — are suitable. A plasterboard partition without a backing stud is not. SourceIT can advise on the mounting point before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall Track option.\u003c\/strong\u003e The arm can also be fitted to an Ergotron Wall Track using bracket 97-091, which is ordered separately. Wall Track lets you slide the arm's position along the track later without re-drilling — worth specifying if the workstation layout is likely to change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLX keyboard arm with keyboard tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted mouse holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgotron installation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron confirms the wall-mounted mouse holder is included and supplies the wall-mounting hardware, but does not publish a fully itemised parts list for this model. Wall Track and Wall Track brackets are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLX wall keyboard arms — ordering information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm — 13″ lift, 35″ reach, folds to 3.5″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-keyboard-arm-45-246-026\"\u003e45-246-026\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm — 20″ lift, 42″ reach, folds to 5.8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-354-026 (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMatching Ergotron wall monitor arms in the SourceIT catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Monitor Arm — 13″ lift, pairs with the standard keyboard arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-243-026\"\u003e45-243-026 polished aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-243-224\"\u003e45-243-224 matte black\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm — 20″ lift, pairs with the sit-stand keyboard arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-mount-lcd-arm-polished-aluminum-45-353-026\"\u003e45-353-026 LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eComplete wall systems (arm + keyboard + CPU holder + wall track)\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount System, medium CPU holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-system-with-medium-silver-cpu-holder-45-247-026\"\u003eLX Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e (45-247-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount System, small CPU holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-system-with-small-computer-holder-45-253-026\"\u003eLX Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e (45-253-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Wall Mount System, white (no CPU holder)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-mount-system-white-45-551-216\"\u003eLX Wall Mount System White\u003c\/a\u003e (45-551-216)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount System, medium CPU holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-arm-45-353-026\"\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount System\u003c\/a\u003e (45-358-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-354\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm (45-354) product page\u003c\/a\u003e — official Ergotron product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-068-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm \u0026amp; LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm datasheet\u003c\/a\u003e — official Ergotron datasheet (PDF).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-45-047-jp-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm installation guide (888-45-047)\u003c\/a\u003e — wall fixing detail, load range and Wall Track bracket information\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll technical figures published on this page are taken from the official Ergotron datasheet for this part number. Where Ergotron does not publish a figure, SourceIT omits it rather than estimate. For a written quotation or a bulk\/project price in Singapore, contact SourceIT Pte Ltd.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the LX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm and the LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTravel and reach. 45-246-026 lifts 13″ (33 cm), reaches 35″ (89 cm) and folds to 3.5″ (9 cm). 45-354-026 lifts 20″ (51 cm), reaches 42″ (107 cm) and folds to 5.8″ (15 cm). Keyboard capacity (5 lbs), maximum keyboard size, tilt, 360° pan, Constant Force™ motion and the 10-year warranty are identical — both share one Ergotron datasheet. See the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-wall-keyboard-arm-45-246-026\"\u003eLX Wall Mount Keyboard Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size keyboard fits?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 17.6″ × 9.5″ (44.6 × 24 cm), which covers full-size boards with a number pad. Measure an oversized or split ergonomic keyboard against those figures first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a mouse tray?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA wall-mounted mouse holder is included with the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount a monitor on it too?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot on this arm — it carries a keyboard only. Pair it with an Ergotron wall monitor arm, or specify a complete LX Wall Mount System that puts monitor, keyboard and CPU holder on one wall track. Both options are listed in the ordering section above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat wall can it be fitted to?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA sturdy vertical surface: a wood stud where applicable, or solid concrete with anchors at least 3-1\/8″ (80 mm) deep. The wall must support four times the total mounted weight. Concrete and solid block, standard in Singapore, are suitable; plasterboard partitions are not without backing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I move the arm later without re-drilling the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, if you mount it to an Ergotron Wall Track using bracket 97-091 — both ordered separately. The arm then slides along the track to a new position. Fixed directly to the wall, relocating means re-drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for a standing workstation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe sit-stand model (45-354-026) is designed for it, with 20″ (51 cm) of travel. The standard model (45-246-026), at 13″ (33 cm), is intended for seated work and modest height variation between users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm covered by warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount Keyboard Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42458874740900,"sku":"45-354-026","price":570.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-354-026-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251121"},{"product_id":"ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-vertical-33-091-200","title":"Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand Vertical","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand Vertical (33-091-200) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStacked Dual Monitor Stand for Height, Not Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical mounts one display directly above the other on a single weighted base. Where a side-by-side pair eats desk width, the vertical arrangement grows upward instead — ideal for the narrow desks and bench seating common in Singapore offices, and for work such as coding, log review, document comparison and trading where vertical screen space is worth more than horizontal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e180° Tilt and 180° Pan on Every Screen\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike the horizontal DS100 stands, the vertical model gives each display 180° of tilt and 180° of pan. That extra articulation matters when one screen sits well above eye level: you can angle the upper panel down toward the viewer to keep the neck neutral, and pan either screen toward a colleague reviewing work alongside you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e23 lbs (10.4 kg) Per LCD With VESA 75\/100 Fit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron rates the vertical dual stand at 23 lbs (10.4 kg) per LCD and supports displays up to 24″. It attaches through the VESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C interface, covering both 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm patterns, so most business monitors mount without an adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium and Steel Stability With Cable Routing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA stacked pair puts more load higher up the pole, so stability is not optional. The DS100 uses durable aluminium and steel construction on a weighted base to keep the column steady, and routes both monitors’ cables through the integrated cable management system so the desk stays presentable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-091-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo (2), stacked vertically\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing weighted desk base (grommet mount base 60-350-200 available separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 lbs (10.4 kg) per LCD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24″ per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D, 75\/100, C (75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor height set by position on the pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable aluminium and steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable management system organises and routes cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeighted free-standing base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe vertical DS100 mounts displays via the \u003cstrong\u003eVESA FDMI MIS-D 75\/100 C\u003c\/strong\u003e interface — 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm hole patterns. Recessed VESA interfaces should use the supplied long screws with spacers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScreen fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e two displays of up to 24″, each no heavier than 23 lbs (10.4 kg). This is a lower per-screen rating than the horizontal DS100 stands (31 lbs \/ 14 kg), because a stacked pair loads the pole differently — check your monitor’s weight without its factory stand before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStacked geometry:\u003c\/strong\u003e because the upper screen sits above normal eye level, plan for a sitting position far enough back that the top panel can be tilted down comfortably. The 180° tilt on this model exists for exactly that reason. Users on very low chairs or short-throw desks may find a side-by-side \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200\"\u003ehorizontal DS100 (33-322-200)\u003c\/a\u003e more comfortable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e free-standing weighted base — no clamping, no drilling. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eDS100 Grommet Mount Base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e is available if you want the pole fixed through the worksurface; it fits openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm) in diameter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e ultrawide displays are a poor match for a stacked layout — the combined height becomes impractical. Standard 16:9 or 16:10 panels up to 24″ are the intended fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; DS100 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeighted desk-stand base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePole (14″ or 28″ depending on model)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParabolic bow \/ crossbar and monitor brackets for the stated number of screens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA mounting hardware (M4 x 10 mm screws and fasteners)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Series desk stands available from SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200\"\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Horizontal\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-322-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e33-091-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-triple-monitor-desk-stand-33-323-200\"\u003eDS100 Triple-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-323-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-quad-monitor-desk-stand-33-324-200\"\u003eDS100 Quad-Monitor Desk Stand\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33-324-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDS100 accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eGrommet Mount Base for DS100\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-350-200 — replaces the free-standing base; fits worksurface openings from 3\/8–3″ (10–76 mm) in diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-clamping-double-pivot-47-051-200\"\u003eDS100 Clamping Double Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-051-200 — pole-clamp pivot for adding a display to a DS100 pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/33-091\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — DS100 Dual Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical (33-091)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-030-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron DS100 Series datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-030-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 Series dimensional drawings — dual, triple and quad (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-33-337-w-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron DS100 vertical dual desk stand installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight does the vertical DS100 hold per screen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e23 lbs (10.4 kg) per LCD. This is lower than the horizontal DS100 dual, triple and quad stands, which are rated at 31 lbs (14 kg) per LCD — worth checking if you run heavier professional panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size monitors fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eDisplays up to 24″ each, mounted through VESA 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I choose vertical or horizontal stacking?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVertical when you want more usable height on a narrow desk — code, logs, long documents, order books. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-33-322-200\"\u003eHorizontal (33-322-200)\u003c\/a\u003e when you want two screens at the same eye level for side-by-side comparison, and when you have the desk width for it. The horizontal model also carries more weight per screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I tilt the top screen down?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The vertical DS100 provides 180° of tilt and 180° of pan per display — articulation the horizontal DS100 stands do not offer. Angling the upper panel downward is the main reason to use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly if your monitor lacks VESA holes or uses a proprietary pattern. The stand covers both standard 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp to the desk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — it is a free-standing weighted base. Add the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-grommet-mount-base-for-ds100-60-350-200\"\u003eDS100 Grommet Mount Base (60-350-200)\u003c\/a\u003e if you need it fixed through the worksurface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the DS100 come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron DS100 Dual-Monitor Desk Stand, Vertical sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the DS100 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42458920976548,"sku":"33-091-200","price":585.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/ds100-dual-monitor-desk-stand-vert-greyscrn-hr3-logo-orig.jpg?v=1790251121"},{"product_id":"ergotron-trace-monitor-mount-45-630-224","title":"Ergotron TRACE Desktop Monitor Mount Matte Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron TRACE Desktop Monitor Mount Matte Black (45-630-224) - 15 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Force Lift for a Single 21.5″ to 38″ Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron TRACE Desktop Monitor Mount carries one display from 21.5″ to 38″ weighing 6.5 to 21.5 lbs (2.9 to 9.8 kg), which places 34″ and 38″ ultrawides comfortably inside its working range. Patented Constant Force™ Technology paired with a linear guide system means the screen moves with a fingertip through 11″ (28 cm) of lift and then simply stays where you put it — no tension knobs, no drift, no re-tightening six months in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e240° of Pan for Shared Desks and Hot-Desking\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere most monitor arms give you 180°, TRACE pans a full 240°, tilts 80° and rotates 360° between portrait and landscape. That extra sweep is what makes it work in Singapore's benching and hot-desk layouts: swing the screen to a colleague, turn it to face a client across the desk, or push it right back against a partition at the end of the day. Reach extends 15″ (38.1 cm) and retracts flat when you need the desk back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReclaim the Desk in a Compact Singapore Office\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLifting the display off its factory stand returns the whole footprint of that base to the work surface — a meaningful gain in the compact desks common to CBD offices, co-working suites and HDB home offices. Integrated cable management runs the display and power cables along the arm and out of sight, so the desk stays clear and cleaning underneath takes seconds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt and Certified to Last 15 Years\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRACE is tested to 15,000 cycles and carries Ergotron's premium 15-year manufacturer warranty — the longest term Ergotron offers on any monitor mount. It is certified BIFMA level® 2 and Clean Air GOLD, which matters for corporate fit-outs, government tenders and green-building submissions where product certification has to be evidenced. Award-winning design (Good Design®, iF Design) keeps it looking deliberate rather than industrial.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatte Black Finish for Modern Workspaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte black finish keeps fingerprints and glare down and sits quietly against dark desks and monitor bezels. If your fit-out calls for a lighter palette, the identical mount is available in white as 45-630-216.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Monitor Mount Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Monitor Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk clamp (two-piece mounting clamp included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Constant Force™ Technology with linear guide system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCycle Testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTested to 15,000 cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIFMA level® 2; Clean Air GOLD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with local Singapore warranty and GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-630-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5″ – 38″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 – 21.5 lbs (2.9 – 9.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D — 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Orientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortrait and landscape (360° rotation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift (Height Adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11″ (28 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15″ (38.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-630-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.3 lbs (7.0 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.3 lbs (8.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29.5 x 9.2 x 10.2 in (75.1 x 23.4 x 26 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — SourceIT Pte Ltd\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eErgotron footnote: LCD size is an approximation and is the diagonal measurement of the screen. LCD size may be exceeded as long as screen weight does not exceed the maximum weight capacity of the mount.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron TRACE Monitor Mount carries \u003cstrong\u003eone display from 21.5″ to 38″\u003c\/strong\u003e weighing \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 to 21.5 lbs (2.9 to 9.8 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. Both ends of that range matter: the Constant Force lift is counter-balanced, so a display lighter than 2.9 kg will not load the mechanism correctly, and anything above 9.8 kg exceeds the rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting is via the \u003cstrong\u003etwo-piece desk clamp supplied in the box\u003c\/strong\u003e. Ergotron also offers a Slim Profile Clamp and a Grommet Mount as separate accessories if your desk edge or grommet layout suits those better — part numbers are listed in the Package Contents section below. Ergotron does not publish a desk-thickness figure on the TRACE product sheet, so if your desktop is unusually thick or has a lipped or reinforced edge, send SourceIT a photo and measurement before ordering and we will confirm the right clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e VESA MIS-D, covering the 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm hole patterns used by the great majority of business monitors. Displays with a non-standard or recessed rear housing may need the monitor maker's own VESA adapter plate — check the monitor's spec sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved displays:\u003c\/strong\u003e the 38″ ceiling and 240° of pan make TRACE a natural fit for 34″ and 38″ ultrawides, which is where the single mount is most often specified. Curved panels mount normally provided the VESA pattern is standard and total weight stays within 9.8 kg. Very deep displays and heavy all-in-one chassis should be weighed first — the published figure is for the screen as mounted, brackets included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e one. If you need two displays on a TRACE, order the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-monitor-mount-matte-black-45-631-224\"\u003eTRACE Dual Monitor Mount\u003c\/a\u003e outright, or add the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-conversion-kit-47-110-224\"\u003eTRACE Dual Bow Conversion Kit (47-110-224)\u003c\/a\u003e to an installed single mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; TRACE Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTRACE single mount (base, lift column and arm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCounter-balanced monitor pivot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-attach VESA bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-piece mounting clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTRACE Series Ordering Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron TRACE Monitor Mount — Matte Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-630-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-monitor-mount-white-45-630-216\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Monitor Mount — White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-630-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-monitor-mount-matte-black-45-631-224\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount — Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-631-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-monitor-mount-white-45-631-216\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount — White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-631-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-single-conversion-kit-47-109-224\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Single Conversion Kit (dual → single) — Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-109-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-conversion-kit-47-110-224\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Bow Conversion Kit (single → dual) — Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-110-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTRACE Mounting Accessories (sold separately)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim Profile Clamp — White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-490-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim Profile Clamp — Matte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-490-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Mount — Matte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-492-009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-630\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Monitor Mount — official product page (45-630)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/trace-product-sheet-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Product Sheet (official datasheet, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/trace-brochure-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Brochure (official, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20250113-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Warranty Terms (official, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll specifications published on this page are taken from the official Ergotron TRACE product sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron TRACE Monitor Mount\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the matte black and white finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNothing mechanical. \u003cstrong\u003e45-630-224 Matte Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-monitor-mount-white-45-630-216\"\u003e45-630-216 White\u003c\/a\u003e are the same mount with the same capacity, lift, tilt, pan, rotation and extension — only the finish differs. Choose by desk and room colour. Note that the Slim Profile Clamp accessory is finish-matched (98-490-216 white, 98-490-224 matte black), while the grommet mount is offered in matte black only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size and weight of monitor does the TRACE take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates it for a display of \u003cstrong\u003e21.5″ to 38″\u003c\/strong\u003e weighing \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 to 21.5 lbs (2.9 to 9.8 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The minimum is as important as the maximum on a counter-balanced arm — a very light panel will not sit properly on the lift. Ergotron notes the screen size is a guide: you may exceed it as long as the weight stays inside the rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run two monitors on this mount?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNot as supplied — this is a single-display mount. Two routes to dual: buy the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-monitor-mount-matte-black-45-631-224\"\u003eTRACE Dual Monitor Mount (45-631)\u003c\/a\u003e from the outset, or add the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-conversion-kit-47-110-224\"\u003eTRACE Dual Bow Conversion Kit (47-110-224)\u003c\/a\u003e to a mount you already own. The dual configuration reduces the maximum screen size per display to 27″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it attach to the desk, and will it fit a thick desktop?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe two-piece mounting clamp in the box clamps to the rear edge of the desk. Ergotron also sells a Slim Profile Clamp and a Grommet Mount for desks where the standard clamp is awkward. Ergotron does not publish a desk-thickness limit for TRACE on its product sheet, so for thick, lipped or reinforced desktops — and for most hot-desk benching systems — send SourceIT the measurement and we will confirm which clamp to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsually not. The quick-attach bracket covers VESA MIS-D, meaning 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm. Monitors that publish no VESA pattern, or that recess the pattern behind a curved housing, may need the display manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for sit-stand working?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, within its 11″ (28 cm) of lift. The Constant Force mechanism moves the screen with a fingertip and holds position without knobs, so it tracks you comfortably across a seated range or on top of a height-adjustable desk. For a full sit-stand range from a fixed desk, look instead at Ergotron's sit-stand desk arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does TRACE compare with the Ergotron LX or MXV desk arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRACE is Ergotron's design-led mount: 240° of pan, a linear-guide lift, a 15-year warranty and BIFMA level® 2 \/ Clean Air GOLD certification. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm (45-241-026)\u003c\/a\u003e is the workhorse full-motion arm with a longer reach and a 10-year warranty, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm (45-486-026)\u003c\/a\u003e sits between them for larger 34″ displays. For heavier screens see the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-matte-black-45-475-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Ergotron TRACE come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron TRACE Monitor Mount sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the TRACE Monitor Mount with a 15-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron's Award-Winning TRACE™ Monitor Mount: In Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/7QSHFGga6PA\" title=\"Ergotron's Award-Winning TRACE™ Monitor Mount: In Motion\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron's TRACE Monitor Mount: The Design Story\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/5HnWlXQJZ64\" title=\"Ergotron's TRACE Monitor Mount: The Design Story\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreate an Adaptable Workspace with Ergotron's TRACE™ Monitor Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Ol_yGgna4Ws\" title=\"Create an Adaptable Workspace with Ergotron's TRACE™ Monitor Mount\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42459184300196,"sku":"45-630-224","price":515.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-630-224-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251039"},{"product_id":"ergotron-carefit™-enclosure-white-61-367-030","title":"Ergotron CareFit™ Enclosure White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron CareFit™ Enclosure, Snow White (61-367-030) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA Fold-Away Sit-Stand Clinical Workstation, Not Just an Enclosure\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron CareFit Enclosure (61-367-030, snow white) is easy to under-read as a cabinet. It is in fact a \u003cstrong\u003ewall-mounted sit-stand computer workstation\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e20 in (51 cm) of height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e, which folds away and locks when it is not in use. Clinicians work sitting or standing at the point of care; when the consultation ends, the whole workstation closes flat against the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStays Within 4 Inches of the Wall When Closed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe low-profile design keeps the closed enclosure \u003cstrong\u003ewithin 4 in (10.2 cm) of the wall\u003c\/strong\u003e. In Singapore ward bays, consult rooms and clinic corridors, where circulation clearance is tightly regulated and floor space is at a premium, a workstation that vanishes into the wall between patients is worth considerably more than one that occupies floor area permanently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSecure by Design — 10-Digit Lock Code\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA \u003cstrong\u003e10-digit lock code\u003c\/strong\u003e secures the closed enclosure, keeping patient data and the technology inside protected in shared and public-facing clinical areas. Integrated cable management keeps cords organised and easy to clean, which matters both for infection-control routines and for keeping a wall-mounted unit tidy in an inspected environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHouses the Screen, Keyboard, Mini PC and Scanner Together\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure fits most \u003cstrong\u003e24–27 inch screens\u003c\/strong\u003e against a black backing for a seamless look, and carries a monitor pivot rated \u003cstrong\u003e7–12.5 lb (3.2–5.7 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e, a keyboard tray rated \u003cstrong\u003e0.5–3 lb (0.2–1.4 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e and a mini PC bay rated \u003cstrong\u003e3–8 lb (1.4–3.6 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. A removable \u003cstrong\u003e24.7 x 7.4 in (62.7 x 18.9 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e worksurface and a T-slot for accessories such as a proximity reader or printer complete the point-of-care setup, with easy access to a scanner for medication delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron CareFit Enclosure Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGeneral\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61-367-030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron CareFit Enclosure, Snow White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFold-away, lockable wall-mount sit-stand computer workstation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnow white (matte black also available as 61-367-060)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupported by SourceIT Pte Ltd\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Worksurface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24.7 x 7.4 in (62.7 x 18.9 cm), removable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits most 24–27 in screens, with a black backing for a seamless background\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Pivot Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–12.5 lb (3.2–5.7 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.5–3 lb (0.2–1.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMini PC Enclosure Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–8 lb (1.4–3.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInput Devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMouse and keyboard tray with removable worksurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 in (51 cm) — work sitting or standing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile from Wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLow-profile design stays within 4 in (10.2 cm) of the wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt \/ Pan \/ Rotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published by Ergotron — see specification note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesign, Security \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-digit lock code keeps patient data and technology secure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated — keeps cords organised and easy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessory Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-slot for accessories such as a proximity reader or printer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScanner Access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProvides easy access to a scanner for medication delivery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront Panel Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterchangeable woodgrain laminate fronts available (98-419)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e73.8 lb (33.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e77.2 lb (35 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45.3 x 37.5 x 8.2 in (115.1 x 95.3 x 20.8 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eSpecification note: Ergotron does not publish a VESA pattern for the CareFit Enclosure's integrated monitor pivot, nor tilt, pan or rotation degrees, nor the enclosure's internal cavity dimensions, nor its assembled open and closed dimensions (only shipping-carton dimensions are published), nor an itemised box-contents list. Those are omitted here rather than estimated. Ergotron makes no published antimicrobial or infection-control material claim for this product — its only stated cleanability claim concerns the cable management keeping cords easy to clean. Contact SourceIT if any of these figures are decisive for your specification and we will confirm them with Ergotron.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDisplay fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron states the enclosure fits most 24–27 in screens, mounted against a black backing so the display reads as part of the unit. The integrated monitor pivot is rated 7–12.5 lb (3.2–5.7 kg) — a genuine window rather than a simple maximum, so confirm your monitor's weight falls inside it. Ergotron does not publish the pivot's VESA pattern; contact SourceIT with your monitor model and we will confirm compatibility before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComputing device fit.\u003c\/strong\u003e The mini PC enclosure is rated 3–8 lb (1.4–3.6 kg). Ergotron's own wording is “mini PC”; thin clients and small-form-factor PCs within that weight band are the intended occupants. Because Ergotron does not publish the internal cavity dimensions, check physical size with SourceIT if your device is unusually tall or deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInput devices and peripherals.\u003c\/strong\u003e The keyboard tray is rated 0.5–3 lb (0.2–1.4 kg) and the removable worksurface measures 24.7 x 7.4 in (62.7 x 18.9 cm). A T-slot accepts accessories such as a proximity reader or a printer, and the design gives easy access to a scanner for medication delivery. Dedicated horizontal and vertical scanner brackets are available separately in matching finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a wall-mounted unit weighing 73.8 lb (33.5 kg) before any equipment is fitted, and it carries a moving 20-inch lift. It requires structural wall support — Ergotron does not publish a substrate specification for this part, so SourceIT strongly recommends a site survey before ordering. It is not a desk-clamp, grommet, pole or mobile-base product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eChoosing between finishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The enclosure is available in snow white (61-367-030, this listing) and matte black (61-367-060). The two are mechanically identical and share this datasheet; only the finish differs. Interchangeable woodgrain laminate fronts are available separately if you need the unit to blend with a specific interior scheme.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; CareFit Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCareFit Enclosure, snow white (61-367-030)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated monitor pivot, keyboard tray and removable worksurface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated cable management\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation hardware and documentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCareFit Enclosure Finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-white-61-367-030\"\u003eCareFit Enclosure, Snow White\u003c\/a\u003e — 61-367-030 \u003cstrong\u003e(this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnow white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-matte-black-61-367-060\"\u003eCareFit Enclosure, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e — 61-367-060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCareFit Enclosure Accessories at SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-horizontal-scanner-bracket-snow-white-98-424-030\"\u003eHorizontal Scanner Bracket, Snow White\u003c\/a\u003e — 98-424-030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScanner mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-horizontal-scanner-bracket-matte-black-98-424-060\"\u003eHorizontal Scanner Bracket, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e — 98-424-060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScanner mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-vertical-scanner-bracket-snow-white-98-425-030\"\u003eVertical Scanner Bracket, Snow White\u003c\/a\u003e — 98-425-030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScanner mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-vertical-scanner-bracket-matte-black-98-425-060\"\u003eVertical Scanner Bracket, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e — 98-425-060\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScanner mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/61-367\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron CareFit Enclosure product page (61-367)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/carefit-enclosure-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron CareFit Enclosure datasheet — imperial and metric (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/carefit-enclosure-eo-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron CareFit Enclosure datasheet — metric (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eErgotron publishes no installation manual or dimensional drawing for the 61-367 series that SourceIT was able to verify. The two datasheets above are the official specification sources. The box-contents list above reflects the product's documented configuration rather than a published Ergotron packing list.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron CareFit Enclosure\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this just a cabinet, or does it actually adjust?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt genuinely adjusts. Ergotron's datasheet specifies 20 in (51 cm) of lift, explicitly so clinicians can work sitting or standing. The word “enclosure” describes its fold-away, lockable form factor — it is a height-adjustable wall workstation that closes and locks, not a passive equipment box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the white and the black version?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinish only. \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-white-61-367-030\"\u003e61-367-030\u003c\/a\u003e is snow white and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-matte-black-61-367-060\"\u003e61-367-060\u003c\/a\u003e is matte black. They are mechanically identical and share the same Ergotron datasheet. Interchangeable woodgrain laminate fronts (98-419) are available separately in six finishes if you need the unit to match a particular interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size monitor does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron states it fits most 24–27 in screens, with the monitor pivot rated for 7–12.5 lb (3.2–5.7 kg). Check your monitor's weight against that window — both the lower and upper figures matter on a counterbalanced pivot. Ergotron does not publish the VESA pattern, so contact SourceIT with your monitor model and we will confirm fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold a PC as well as the screen and keyboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. There is a dedicated mini PC enclosure rated 3–8 lb (1.4–3.6 kg), alongside the monitor pivot (7–12.5 lb) and the keyboard tray (0.5–3 lb). The removable worksurface measures 24.7 x 7.4 in (62.7 x 18.9 cm). Ergotron does not publish the internal cavity dimensions, so check physical size with SourceIT if your device is unusually large.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is patient data kept secure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe enclosure closes and locks with a 10-digit lock code, which Ergotron states keeps patient data and technology secure. In a shared ward bay or a public-facing clinic corridor, that is the practical difference between a workstation you can leave unattended and one you cannot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add a barcode scanner or a proximity reader?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The enclosure has a T-slot for accessories such as a proximity reader or printer, and Ergotron notes it gives easy access to a scanner for medication delivery. SourceIT stocks the matching \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-horizontal-scanner-bracket-snow-white-98-424-030\"\u003ehorizontal\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-vertical-scanner-bracket-snow-white-98-425-030\"\u003evertical\u003c\/a\u003e scanner brackets in snow white, and in \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-carefit%E2%84%A2-enclosure-horizontal-scanner-bracket-matte-black-98-424-060\"\u003ematte black\u003c\/a\u003e to suit the black enclosure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this compare with a StyleView medical cart?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDifferent deployment models. The CareFit Enclosure is fixed to the wall, folds away and locks — ideal where each bay or room has its own workstation and floor space is scarce. A StyleView cart is mobile and travels with the clinician. If you are equipping carts rather than rooms, look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-sv-height-adjustable-keyboard-arm-97-827\"\u003eSV Height-Adjustable Keyboard Arm (97-827)\u003c\/a\u003e and the StyleView range, or ask SourceIT for a comparison against your ward layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the CareFit Enclosure come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron CareFit Enclosure sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the CareFit Enclosure with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44355734012068,"sku":"61-367-030","price":2205.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/61-367-030-b-orig.jpg?v=1790251025"},{"product_id":"ergotron-tablet-management-desktop-16-for-apple-ipad-dm16-1024-3","title":"Ergotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 For Apple iPad","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 For Apple iPad (DM16-1024-3) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCharge, Sync and Lock Away 16 iPads on a Single Desktop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 (DM16-1024-3) is a compact, UL-certified steel charging cabinet that holds, charges and secures 16 tablets from one desk or counter. It is built for Singapore schools, polytechnics, clinics, training rooms and retail floors that issue a shared fleet of iPads each morning and need every unit charged, accounted for and locked away overnight — without a full-size charging cart or a dedicated store room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Full 2.4 A to Every Bay, Not Shared Between Them\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of the 16 bays delivers the full 2.4 A charging current per device over USB, so a fleet charges at full rate rather than trickling because sixteen tablets are dividing one supply. That is the difference between a fleet that is ready for period one and one that is still catching up at recess.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIndividual Status Indicators Show Exactly Which Tablets Are Ready\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's LED Individual Status Indicators (ISI) monitor the charging progress of each tablet separately — green for fully charged, amber for charging in progress. Staff can see at a glance which units are ready to hand out instead of unplugging devices to check, which is the single biggest time saver in a shared-device routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSync Sixteen Tablets From One Laptop\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond charging, the unit syncs up to 16 tablets at once. Connect a laptop to the cabinet's USB port to push images, apps or content across the whole fleet, or manage the devices wirelessly — useful at the start of term or when rolling out a new app across a department.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSteel Doors With a Three-Point Lock, Sized for a Counter\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDurable steel access doors with a three-point lock assembly provide strong theft deterrence, and two keys are supplied. The cabinet measures 18.3″W x 16.2″D x 10.4″H (46.5 x 41.1 x 26.4 cm) and weighs 29 lbs (13 kg) empty, so it sits on a desk, counter or reception top rather than occupying floor space. An optional security mounting kit bolts it down where the location is unattended, and a dedicated cable-management drawer inside each module keeps the sixteen charging leads out of sight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Tablet Management Desktop 16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet Management Desktop 16, 2.4 A with ISI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM16-1024-3 (black; UK \/ IE \/ HK \/ Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesktop tablet charging, syncing and storage cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 tablets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUL certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronics \u0026amp; Power Modules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years on power modules; 1 year on all other non-power-supply electronic systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Device Fit\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay \/ Slot Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.9″H x 11.3″W x 0.85″D (20 x 28.8 x 2.2 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlot Sizing Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe tablet, its power cord and any cover or case must all fit within the slot dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDevice Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAny Apple iPad with a 10.5″ screen or smaller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Weight Per Tablet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 lbs (1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop Worksurface Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 lbs (11.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCharging, Sync \u0026amp; Power\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging Current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull 2.4 A per device, via USB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStatus Indicators\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLED Individual Status Indicators (ISI) monitor charging progress of each tablet — green fully charged, amber charging in progress\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Indicator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid = charging; slow blink = ready to sync; fast blink = fault\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSync\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — USB or wireless; up to 16 tablets simultaneously via the cabinet USB port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging Cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included — order the Lightning to USB Cable Kit (97-800) separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign, Security \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel tube and aluminium extrusion framework; steel access doors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable steel doors with a three-point lock assembly; 2 keys supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Anchoring\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSecurity mounting kit (M6 security screws and wrench) to bolt the unit to a desk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDedicated cable drawer located within each module\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18.3″W x 16.2″D x 10.4″H (46.5 x 41.1 x 26.4 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e29 lbs (13 kg) unloaded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.2″ x 18.6″ x 12.8″ (53.8 x 47.3 x 32.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 lbs (15.5 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit is decided by the \u003cstrong\u003ebay dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e, not by the model name on the tablet. Measure the device with its case and its charging cable in place before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBay \/ Slot Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.9″H x 11.3″W x 0.85″D (20 x 28.8 x 2.2 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat Must Fit in the Slot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThe tablet, its power cord and any cover or case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStated Device Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAny Apple iPad with a 10.5″ screen or smaller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Weight Per Tablet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.2 lbs (1 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging Interface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB, 2.4 A per bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied — Lightning to USB Cable Kit 97-800 sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSync Host\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA laptop connected to the cabinet USB port, or wireless management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing on a desk or counter; optional security mounting kit bolts it down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop Worksurface Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 lbs (11.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThick or rugged cases are the usual fit problem.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 0.85″ (2.2 cm) slot depth has to take the tablet, the case and the cable together. Slim folio and shell cases are generally fine; heavy-duty rugged cases with integrated handles often are not, and are best removed for charging or checked against the slot depth first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNon-Apple tablets.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron states compatibility for Apple iPads with a 10.5″ screen or smaller. Android and Windows tablets of similar size will usually seat in the bay, but the charging cable must be sourced separately and the fit should be confirmed against the slot dimensions above — SourceIT can check a specific model for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNeed more than 16 devices, or devices on the move?\u003c\/strong\u003e Step up to a mobile charging cart such as the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-and-management-cart-uk-dm40-2008-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging and Management Cart\u003c\/a\u003e, or wall-mount a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip12-charging-wall-cabinet-uk-dm12-1012-3\"\u003eZip12 Charging Wall Cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e where floor and desk space are both scarce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; Tablet Management Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTablet Management Desktop 16 cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower cord\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x keys for the three-point door lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eImportant: charging cables are \u003cstrong\u003enot\u003c\/strong\u003e included with DM16-1024-3. Ergotron recommends ordering the Lightning to USB Cable Kit (97-800) alongside the unit. Please confirm cable requirements with SourceIT when you quote.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eTablet Management Desktop — Regional Part Number\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM16-1024-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBlack — UK \/ IE \/ HK \/ Singapore (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated Ergotron Charging \u0026amp; Tablet Management Products at SourceIT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM12-1012-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip12-charging-wall-cabinet-uk-dm12-1012-3\"\u003eZip12 Charging Wall Cabinet (UK\/SG)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM12-1006-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip12-charging-wall-cabinet-uk-dm12-1006-3\"\u003eZip12 Charging Wall Cabinet (UK\/SG)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM40-2008-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-and-management-cart-uk-dm40-2008-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging and Management Cart (UK\/SG)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDM40-2009-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-cart-uk-dm40-2009-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging Cart (UK\/SG)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV10-1400-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1400-0\"\u003eStyleView Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSV10-1800-0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-styleview-s-tablet-cart-sv10-sv10-1800-0\"\u003eStyleView S Tablet Cart SV10\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/dm16-1024\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 official product page (ergotron.com)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/tabletmgmtcart2-4-nc-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron Tablet Management Carts \u0026amp; Desktop Unit product sheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-24-273-g-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 user guide, doc 888-24-273 (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the datasheet emailed as a PDF for a tender or quotation? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd at sales@sourceit.com.sg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron Tablet Management Desktop 16\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many tablets does the Tablet Management Desktop 16 hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e16. Each bay measures 7.9″H x 11.3″W x 0.85″D (20 x 28.8 x 2.2 cm), and the tablet, its cable and any case must all fit inside that space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhich iPads does it fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron states any Apple iPad with a 10.5″ screen or smaller, up to 2.2 lbs (1 kg) each. Because the real constraint is the slot depth of 0.85″ (2.2 cm), a thick or rugged case may not fit even on a supported iPad — measure the device as you actually use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre charging cables included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. DM16-1024-3 ships without charging cables. Ergotron's recommended companion is the Lightning to USB Cable Kit (97-800), which SourceIT can quote alongside the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow fast does it charge, and do all 16 charge at the same rate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bay delivers the full 2.4 A charging current per device over USB, so bays are not dividing a shared supply between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know which tablets are ready?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLED Individual Status Indicators (ISI) monitor each tablet separately — green means fully charged, amber means charging in progress. A separate power LED shows solid when charging, a slow blink when the unit is ready to sync and a fast blink on a fault.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I sync the tablets as well as charge them?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Up to 16 tablets can be synced at once by connecting a laptop to the cabinet's USB port, and wireless management is also supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow secure is it, and can I bolt it down?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet uses durable steel access doors with a three-point lock assembly and ships with two keys. Note that this locks the cabinet as a whole — the 16 bays are not individually lockable. An optional security mounting kit (M6 security screws and wrench) lets you bolt the unit to a desk where it is left unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I choose the desktop unit or a Zip cart?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Desktop 16 suits a fixed base — a classroom, clinic or reception counter — where 16 devices are handed out and returned in the same room. Choose a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip40-charging-and-management-cart-uk-dm40-2008-3\"\u003eZip40 Charging and Management Cart\u003c\/a\u003e when the fleet is larger or has to move between rooms, or a \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-zip12-charging-wall-cabinet-uk-dm12-1012-3\"\u003eZip12 Charging Wall Cabinet\u003c\/a\u003e when neither desk nor floor space is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Tablet Management Desktop 16 come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron Tablet Management Desktop 16 sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the Tablet Management Desktop 16 with a 5-year manufacturer warranty, with 2 years on power modules and 1 year on all other non-power-supply electronic systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44355736469668,"sku":"DM16-1024-3","price":1985.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/dm16-1004-3kx3k-orig.jpg?v=1790253318"},{"product_id":"ergotron-200-series-combo-arm-black-45-230-200","title":"Ergotron 200 Series Combo Arm Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron 200 Series Combo Arm Black (45-230-200) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor and Keyboard on One Wall-Mounted Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron 200 Series Combo Arm puts a display and a full keyboard tray on a single wall-mounted arm, turning a bare wall into a complete point-of-use workstation without consuming any floor or desk space. It is the standard fit-out for nurses’ stations, clinic bays, laboratory benches, warehouse pick stations and reception counters across Singapore, where a workstation is needed but a desk is not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3-Point Telescoping Reach — 18″ Monitor, 39″ Keyboard\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron’s 3-point telescoping motion extends the monitor up to 18″ (45.7 cm) from the wall and the keyboard up to 39″ (99 cm), then folds the whole assembly back flat when it is not in use. That reach is what lets one arm serve a user standing at the wall and another working further out, and it is the main reason the Combo Arm is chosen over a fixed wall pivot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNegative-Tilt Keyboard Tray With Mouse and Scanner Holders\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe integrated ergonomic negative-tilt keyboard tray comes with a left or right mouse tray, a wrist rest and a scanner and mouse holder. Negative tilt keeps the wrists in a neutral position during long data-entry sessions — a meaningful difference in clinical and logistics settings where staff type standing up for hours at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e5″ Height Adjustment, 360° Pan and Steel Construction\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm provides 5″ (13 cm) of height adjustment with 30° of tilt and a full 360° of pan and rotation, so it can be tuned to different users through the day. Rugged steel construction and an integrated cable management system that conceals and organises cords make it suitable for high-traffic, shared environments where the arm is moved constantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron 200 Series Combo Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-230-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Series Combo Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack (also available in white as 45-230-216)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount with 3-point telescoping motion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Weight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6–18 lbs (2.7–8.2 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 24″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard \/ Peripheral Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard, mouse and barcode scanner — 5 lbs (2.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5″ (13 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtends LCD up to 18″ (45.7 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Extension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtends keyboard up to 39″ (99 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRugged steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeyboard Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic negative-tilt keyboard tray with left or right mouse tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated system conceals and organises cords\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Combo Arm mounts displays through \u003cstrong\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/strong\u003e. A VESA mounting kit is supplied in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScreen fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron specifies a monitor weight range of \u003cstrong\u003e6–18 lbs (2.7–8.2 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e at a typical size of ≤ 24″. Note this is a \u003cem\u003erange\u003c\/em\u003e, not just a maximum — a display lighter than 6 lbs may not load the mechanism enough to hold position reliably. Very light 19–22″ panels and tablets are worth checking against this lower bound before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeyboard and peripherals:\u003c\/strong\u003e the tray carries a keyboard, mouse and barcode scanner up to a combined 5 lbs (2.3 kg). Choose left- or right-hand mouse tray placement at installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Combo Arm carries a monitor, a keyboard tray and a user’s hands at up to 39″ of reach, so the wall fixing does real work. Mount into structural framing or masonry, never into unsupported plasterboard. For stud-frame construction, specify an Ergotron steel stud wall mounting kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e ultrawides exceed both the size and weight envelope of this arm. Standard 16:9 panels up to 24″ within the weight range are the intended fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; 200 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 Combo Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall mount bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable LCD mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist rest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScanner and mouse holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated keyboard tray with left\/right mouse tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA mounting kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable ties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200 Series Combo Arm finishes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200 Series Combo Arm, Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-230-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Series Combo Arm, White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-230-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOther 200 Series wall mounts at SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200 Series Combo Arm (monitor + keyboard), Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-230-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-dual-monitor-arm-45-231-200\"\u003e200 Series Dual Monitor Arm (wall)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-231-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-monitor-arm-1-extension45-233-200\"\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 1 Extension\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-233-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-mount-arm-2-extensions-45-234-200\"\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-234-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated Ergotron wall \u0026amp; desk mounts at SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-100-series-double-pivot-47-093-800\"\u003e100 Series Double Pivot Single Monitor Mount\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-093-800 — low-profile wall pivot, ≤ 23 lbs (10.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-400-series-wall-monitor-arm-grey-45-007-099\"\u003e400 Series Wall Monitor Arm, Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-007-099 — 24″ (61 cm) of vertical travel for sit-stand wall use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-230\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — 200 Series Combo Monitor \u0026amp; Keyboard Arm (45-230)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-044-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron 200 Series Combo Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/888-45-009-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 200 Series Combo Arm installation guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-035-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 200 Series dimensional drawings (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron 200 Series Combo Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the black and white Combo Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFinish only. The black 45-230-200 and white 45-230-216 share identical specifications; white is usually specified for clinical and laboratory interiors, black for offices and logistics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy a monitor can the Combo Arm carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron specifies a range of 6–18 lbs (2.7–8.2 kg) for displays up to about 24″. The lower bound matters as much as the upper one — a very light panel may not hold position properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does it reach out from the wall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe 3-point telescoping motion extends the monitor up to 18″ (45.7 cm) and the keyboard up to 39″ (99 cm), and folds back against the wall when idle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it be used for standing work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It provides 5″ (13 cm) of height adjustment plus 30° of tilt, and the keyboard tray has an ergonomic negative tilt designed for standing data entry. For a taller sit-stand range, look at Ergotron StyleView sit-stand combo systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat holds the keyboard, mouse and scanner?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAn integrated keyboard tray with a left or right mouse tray, plus a wrist rest and a scanner and mouse holder, all included. Combined peripheral capacity is 5 lbs (2.3 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does this compare with the 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-monitor-arm-1-extension45-233-200\"\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 1 Extension (45-233-200)\u003c\/a\u003e carries a display only, up to 25 lbs (11.3 kg) and 27″. The Combo Arm carries a display \u003cem\u003eand\u003c\/em\u003e a keyboard tray, at a lower monitor rating. Choose the Combo Arm when the user needs to type at the wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 200 Series Combo Arm come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron 200 Series Combo Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the 200 Series Combo Arm with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44355741384868,"sku":"45-230-200","price":910.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-230-200_greyscrnlogo-orig.jpg?v=1790251097"},{"product_id":"ergotron-trace™-dual-monitor-mount-matte-black-45-631-224","title":"Ergotron TRACE Dual Monitor Desktop Mount Matte Black","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Monitor Desktop Mount Matte Black (45-631-224) - 15 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Displays up to 27″ on One Constant Force Lift\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount carries two screens of 21.5″ to 27″ each on a single shared bow, rated by Ergotron at 8.1 to 21.5 lbs (3.7 to 9.8 kg). Patented Constant Force™ Technology with a linear guide system raises and lowers both screens together through 11″ (28 cm) of lift at a fingertip and holds the height without knobs or re-tensioning — so a shared desk stays correctly set for whoever sits at it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent Pivots, 240° of Pan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach display sits on its own counter-balanced pivot, tilting 75° up and 5° down and rotating a full 360° between portrait and landscape — the portrait option is what makes a dual TRACE work for developers, analysts and document-heavy legal and finance workflows. The whole assembly pans 240° and extends 15″ (38.1 cm), so both screens can swing toward a colleague or fold back against a partition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultitasking Without the Desk Clutter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo factory stands consume a surprising amount of a standard 1200 mm desk. Lifting both displays onto one clamped mount returns that surface and puts the screens on a single consistent eye line, which is what actually reduces the neck rotation and head-tilt that comes with mismatched dual setups. Integrated cable management keeps both display and power runs tidied along the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCertified and Warranted for Corporate Fit-Outs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTRACE is tested to 15,000 cycles, certified BIFMA level® 2 and Clean Air GOLD, and backed by Ergotron's premium 15-year manufacturer warranty — the longest term Ergotron offers on a monitor mount. For Singapore corporate fit-outs, government tenders and green-building submissions, those certifications can be evidenced directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMatte Black Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte black finish keeps glare and fingerprints down and disappears against dark bezels and desks. The same mount is available in white as 45-631-216.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Dual Monitor Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk clamp (two-piece mounting clamp included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Constant Force™ Technology with linear guide system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCycle Testing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTested to 15,000 cycles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBIFMA level® 2; Clean Air GOLD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with local Singapore warranty and GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-631-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e21.5″ – 27″ per display\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.1 – 21.5 lbs (3.7 – 9.8 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D — 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Orientation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortrait and landscape (360° rotation)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift (Height Adjustment)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11″ (28 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75° \/ 5°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15″ (38.1 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-631-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 lbs (8.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25.5 lbs (11.6 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35.1 x 12 x 10.2 in (89.3 x 30.4 x 26 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes — SourceIT Pte Ltd\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eErgotron footnote: LCD size is an approximation and is the diagonal measurement of the screen. LCD size may be exceeded as long as screen weight does not exceed the maximum weight capacity of the mount. Ergotron publishes the 8.1–21.5 lbs (3.7–9.8 kg) figure as the rated capacity of the mount — plan both displays against it, and contact SourceIT if your pair sits near the ceiling.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount carries \u003cstrong\u003etwo displays of 21.5″ to 27″ each\u003c\/strong\u003e, rated by Ergotron at \u003cstrong\u003e8.1 to 21.5 lbs (3.7 to 9.8 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e. The dual configuration deliberately caps screen size at 27″ — wider panels on a shared bow would exceed the mount's balance envelope. If you need a single larger screen, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace-monitor-mount-45-630-224\"\u003eTRACE Monitor Mount (45-630)\u003c\/a\u003e takes one display up to 38″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ergotron publishes the 3.7–9.8 kg rating as a single capacity figure for the mount rather than as a per-display number. Weigh both monitors together and check the total against it. If your pair is close to the limit, send SourceIT the two model numbers and we will check the mount against Ergotron's data before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e the two-piece desk clamp is supplied in the box. A Slim Profile Clamp and a Grommet Mount are available separately (part numbers below). Ergotron does not publish a desk-thickness limit on the TRACE product sheet — for thick, lipped or reinforced desktops, or for benching systems with a cable spine, send SourceIT a photo and a measurement and we will confirm the right clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e VESA MIS-D, covering 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm. Displays with a recessed or non-standard rear housing may need the monitor maker's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved displays:\u003c\/strong\u003e a curved 27″ panel mounts normally provided the VESA pattern is standard and the pair stays inside the weight rating. Ultrawides above 27″ belong on the single mount, not the dual bow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; TRACE Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTRACE dual mount (base, lift column and arm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBow (dual crossbar)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCounter-balanced monitor pivots (2)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-piece mounting clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting hardware and instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTRACE Series Ordering Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace-monitor-mount-45-630-224\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Monitor Mount — Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-630-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-monitor-mount-white-45-630-216\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Monitor Mount — White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-630-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount — Matte Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-631-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-monitor-mount-white-45-631-216\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount — White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-631-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-single-conversion-kit-47-109-224\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Single Conversion Kit (dual → single) — Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-109-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-conversion-kit-47-110-224\"\u003eErgotron TRACE Dual Bow Conversion Kit (single → dual) — Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-110-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTRACE Mounting Accessories (sold separately)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim Profile Clamp — White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-490-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSlim Profile Clamp — Matte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-490-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Mount — Matte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98-492-009\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-631\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Dual Monitor Mount — official product page (45-631)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/trace-product-sheet-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Product Sheet (official datasheet, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/trace-brochure-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron TRACE™ Brochure (official, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/portals\/0\/media\/downloads\/warranty\/20250113-ergotronwarranty.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron Warranty Terms (official, PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll specifications published on this page are taken from the official Ergotron TRACE product sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the matte black and white finishes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOnly the finish. \u003cstrong\u003e45-631-224 Matte Black (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-monitor-mount-white-45-631-216\"\u003e45-631-216 White\u003c\/a\u003e share the same bow, lift, capacity and motion figures. Match the finish to your desk and room; note the optional Slim Profile Clamp is finish-matched (98-490-216 white, 98-490-224 matte black) while the grommet mount is matte black only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow large can each monitor be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates the TRACE Dual for displays of \u003cstrong\u003e21.5″ to 27″ each\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 27″ ceiling is a real limit on the dual — two wider panels on the shared bow would push the mount outside its balance envelope. For a single screen up to 38″, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace-monitor-mount-45-630-224\"\u003eTRACE Monitor Mount (45-630)\u003c\/a\u003e instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the 8.1–21.5 lbs rating per monitor or for both together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron's product sheet publishes \u003cstrong\u003e8.1 to 21.5 lbs (3.7 to 9.8 kg)\u003c\/strong\u003e as the rated capacity of the mount, without splitting it per display. Treat it as the figure your two monitors must fit within, weigh both, and check the total. If you are close to the limit, send SourceIT the model numbers and we will verify before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I convert this back to a single-monitor setup later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-single-conversion-kit-47-109-224\"\u003eTRACE Single Conversion Kit (47-109-224)\u003c\/a\u003e converts an installed dual configuration to a single-display setup — useful when a desk changes hands or a user's needs change. It is the reverse of the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-trace%E2%84%A2-dual-conversion-kit-47-110-224\"\u003eDual Bow Conversion Kit (47-110-224)\u003c\/a\u003e, which takes a single mount to dual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it attach, and will it fit our desks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe supplied two-piece clamp fixes to the rear edge of the desk. Ergotron also offers a Slim Profile Clamp and a Grommet Mount separately. Ergotron does not publish a desk-thickness limit for TRACE, so for thick or lipped desktops and for benching systems, send SourceIT a measurement and we will confirm the correct clamp.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need VESA adapters?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUsually not — the pivots cover VESA MIS-D at 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm, which fits the large majority of business monitors. Displays with no VESA pattern or a deeply recessed housing may need the manufacturer's own adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the TRACE Dual compare with Ergotron's LX and HX dual arms?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTRACE Dual is the design-led option: 240° pan, a linear-guide lift, BIFMA level® 2 and Clean Air GOLD certification, and a 15-year warranty. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-dual-desk-mount-side-by-side-arm-polished-aluminum-45-245-026\"\u003eLX Dual Side-by-Side Arm (45-245-026)\u003c\/a\u003e gives two independently articulating arms rather than a shared bow, and the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-black-45-476-224\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm (45-476-224)\u003c\/a\u003e is the heavy-duty choice for larger or heavier pairs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Ergotron TRACE Dual come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron TRACE Dual Monitor Mount sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the TRACE Dual Monitor Mount with a 15-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron's Award-Winning TRACE™ Dual Monitor Mount: In Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8lQOOis1Wqo\" title=\"Ergotron's Award-Winning TRACE™ Dual Monitor Mount: In Motion\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron's TRACE Monitor Mount: The Design Story\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/5HnWlXQJZ64\" title=\"Ergotron's TRACE Monitor Mount: The Design Story\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCreate an Adaptable Workspace with Ergotron's TRACE™ Monitor Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/Ol_yGgna4Ws\" title=\"Create an Adaptable Workspace with Ergotron's TRACE™ Monitor Mount\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44355742662820,"sku":"45-631-224","price":760.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-631-224-a-orig.jpg?v=1790251110"},{"product_id":"ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-white-45-496-216","title":"Ergotron MXV Desk Mount Dual-Monitor Arm White","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Mount Dual-Monitor Arm White (45-496-216) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm — Verified Datasheet Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm (White, 45-496-216) carries two side-by-side displays on one V-shaped mount. Ergotron’s datasheet rates each arm for 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) at a typical LCD size of up to 24 inches — the standard dual-screen office pairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIndependent Constant Force™ Motion on Both Screens\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach screen gets 13″ (33 cm) of height adjustment, 180° tilt (↑90° \/ ↓90°), 180°\/360° pan and 360° rotation, so one panel can sit landscape for spreadsheets while the other flips portrait for documents or code. Constant Force™ keeps every adjustment tool-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eClears the Desk for Dual-Screen Productivity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth monitors extend up to 22.2″ (56 cm) from the mount and lift clear of the worksurface, returning desk space that two monitor stands would otherwise occupy — a practical gain in Singapore’s compact office and trading-desk layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-Piece Desk Clamp Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MXV dual arrives with Ergotron’s two-piece desk clamp and monitor mounting hardware, and is grommet-mount compatible for desks with an existing cable port. The arm ships fully assembled at 10.1 lbs (4.9 kg).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e10-Year Ergotron Warranty, Local Singapore Support\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron backs the MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty. Bought from SourceIT it ships with local Singapore warranty support and a GST invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-496-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (side-by-side)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk — two-piece desk clamp included; grommet mount compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePatented Ergotron Constant Force™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.1 lbs (4.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15.1 lbs (6.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with local warranty and GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical LCD Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 24″ per screen (≤ 24″ diagonal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) per screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D (75 x 75 mm \/ 100 x 100 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight Adjustment (Lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13″ (33 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° (↑90° \/ ↓90°)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180° \/ 360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° — portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 22.2″ (56 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eV-shaped, slim-profile dual monitor arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Mechanism\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstant Force™ — tool-free repositioning that holds its set position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83 x 32 x 19 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit and compatibility for the Ergotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm (45-496-216):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D — 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm hole patterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical LCD size up to 24″ diagonal per screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) per screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo, side-by-side\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk — two-piece desk clamp included; grommet mount compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot specified by Ergotron for the two-piece desk clamp; C-clamp variants are rated for 0.98–1.38″ (25–35 mm) worksurfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUltrawide \u0026amp; Curved Displays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron rates the dual configuration at up to 24″ per screen — for a single 34″ ultrawide use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm (single)\u003c\/a\u003e instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-VESA Monitors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplays without a VESA pattern need the monitor manufacturer’s VESA adapter plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor two larger or heavier screens, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-476-026\"\u003eErgotron HX Dual Monitor Desk Arm\u003c\/a\u003e is the heavy-duty alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; MXV Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully assembled dual arm with two-piece desk clamp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitor mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm — finishes, mounts and part numbers\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm — Polished Aluminum\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-496-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm — White (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-496-216\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-white-45-518-216\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm, Under Mount C-Clamp — White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-518-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRelated Ergotron desk and wall arms at SourceIT:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-mount-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-34-polished-aluminum-45-486-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Monitor Arm (single)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-486 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-desk-dual-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-496-026\"\u003eMXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-496 \/ 45-518 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-505-026\"\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-505 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241 \/ 45-490 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm (heavy-duty)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-475 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-496\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-mxv-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MXV Monitor Arm datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-mxv-fur-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron MXV mounting-options datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT can also supply a quotation, GST invoice and delivery\/installation details for Singapore customers on request.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the MXV dual variants?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e45-496-026 (polished aluminium) and 45-496-216 (white) ship with the two-piece desk clamp; 45-518-216 (white) ships with the under-mount C-clamp for worksurfaces 0.98–1.38″ (25–35 mm) thick. Motion, capacity and warranty are identical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat monitor size and weight does each arm support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron rates the dual configuration at a typical LCD size of up to 24″ per screen and 7–20 lbs (3.2–9.1 kg) per screen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mount two 27″ or 34″ monitors on it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eErgotron’s stated typical LCD size for the MXV dual is up to 24″ per screen. For larger dual screens look at the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-476-026\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it clamp to the desk or use a grommet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis variant ships with the two-piece desk clamp and is grommet-mount compatible. If you need an under-desk C-clamp fitting, order 45-518-216 instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat VESA pattern do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eVESA MIS-D — 75 x 75 mm or 100 x 100 mm per monitor. Monitors without a VESA pattern require the manufacturer’s adapter plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I set one screen to portrait?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Each arm rotates 360°, so either screen can be run in portrait or landscape independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it compare with the MXV Wall Monitor Arm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-mxv-wall-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-505-026\"\u003eMXV Wall Monitor Arm\u003c\/a\u003e mounts a single screen to the wall with up to 24.6″ (63 cm) of extension — use it where there is no desk edge to clamp to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this Ergotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the MXV Desk Dual Monitor Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Videos\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ergotron Difference: MXV Monitor Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/C5ETxStNhIw\" title=\"The Ergotron Difference: MXV Monitor Arms\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/coEA8w4XrcU\" title=\"Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm: Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/a_FeBC-7EIo\" title=\"Ergotron MXV Desk Monitor Arm: Easy Installation\" frameborder=\"0\" allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44355784900772,"sku":"45-496-216","price":555.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-496-216-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251131"},{"product_id":"ergotron-lx-hd-sit-stand-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-360-026","title":"Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm Polished Aluminum","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm Polished Aluminum (45-360-026) - 10 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eA Full 20 Inches of Sit-Stand Lift Without Replacing the Desk\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Mount LCD Arm (45-360-026) delivers 20″ (51 cm) of vertical travel from a standard desk — enough to move a screen from a seated eye line to a standing one and back. For Singapore offices that want sit-stand working without the cost, lead time and floor disruption of replacing every desk with an electric height-adjustable frame, this arm is the direct route: clamp it to the desk you already have and the screen does the moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConstant Force Technology — One Touch, No Tools, No Gas Struts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eErgotron's patented Constant Force™ lift keeps the arm balanced across its whole 20″ range, so the screen glides to a new height with a fingertip and stays exactly where it is placed. There are no gas cylinders to lose pressure and no knobs to release — the reason these arms remain in service through several monitor replacements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e33 Inches of Reach, Then Folds Back to 4.5 Inches\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm extends up to 33″ (84 cm) to bring a display right to the user for detail work, then folds back to just 4.5″ (12 cm) of depth against the desk edge when the screen is pushed away. That combination reclaims the desk surface a monitor stand permanently occupies — valuable on 600 mm-deep bench desks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFull Motion for Collaboration and Ergonomic Compliance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e70° of backward tilt, 5° forward, 360° pan and 360° rotation let the screen be angled for glare, swung to a colleague for a quick review, or rotated to portrait for code, documents and long reports. It supports screens up to 42″ weighing 7–25 lbs (3.2–11.3 kg) on VESA MIS-D, MIS-E and MIS-F patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Mount LCD Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-360-026 (polished aluminium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-monitor sit-stand desk mount arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLift Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgotron Constant Force™\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk clamp or grommet mount (both included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied by SourceIT Pte Ltd with GST invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–25 lbs (3.2–11.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 42″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D (75 x 75 mm, 100 x 100 mm), MIS-E (200 x 100 mm), MIS-F (200 x 200 mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger VESA Patterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Ergotron VESA adapter kit for 400 x 200, 400 x 300 and 400 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMonitor depth can affect usable weight capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Lift\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20″ (51 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 33″ (84 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetracted Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolds to 4.5″ (12 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70° backward \/ 5° forward\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360° — portrait or landscape\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated cable routing along the arm and pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Clamp Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk edges up to 2.5″ (65 mm) thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Mount Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHoles 0.5″–2.5″ (7–65 mm) wide, surfaces up to 2.5″ (65 mm) thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 lbs (8.9 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25″ x 14.75″ x 7.5″ (64 x 38 x 19 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.5 lbs (9.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm is a single-screen desk mount with an unusually long lift range. Confirm three things before ordering: the display's VESA pattern, its weight without the factory stand, and the thickness of the desk edge or grommet hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Patterns Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMIS-D 75 x 75 mm and 100 x 100 mm; MIS-E 200 x 100 mm; MIS-F 200 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger Patterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Ergotron VESA adapter kit covers 400 x 200, 400 x 300 and 400 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 42″ diagonal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScreen Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7–25 lbs (3.2–11.3 kg) — measured without the factory stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesk Clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits desk edges up to 2.5″ (65 mm) thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrommet Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits holes 0.5″–2.5″ (7–65 mm) wide on surfaces up to 2.5″ (65 mm) thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall \/ Pole Mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable — for a wall-mounted sit-stand arm see the LX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm (45-353-026)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e a 34″ ultrawide typically sits inside both the 42″ size limit and the 25 lbs weight limit, and the arm's 360° pan handles the extra width well. Heavier 38″–49″ panels and deeply curved 1000R displays exceed this arm's rating — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-for-displays-up-to-19kg-polished-aluminum-45-475-026\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm (up to 42 lbs \/ 19 kg)\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-desk-monitor-arm-with-hd-pivot-matte-black-45-647-224\"\u003eHX Desk Monitor Arm with HD Pivot\u003c\/a\u003e for those.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVery light screens:\u003c\/strong\u003e the Constant Force mechanism has a lower limit of 7 lbs (3.2 kg). Panels lighter than that will not hold position correctly on this arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; LX Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIn the Box\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLX sit-stand arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesk clamp base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrommet-mount base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e42 cm pole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA brackets and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstruction manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLX Sit-Stand Arms — Ordering Information\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-360-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLX Sit-Stand Desk Mount LCD Arm, Polished Aluminium (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-353-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-sit-stand-wall-mount-lcd-arm-polished-aluminum-45-353-026\"\u003eLX Sit-Stand Wall Mount LCD Arm, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRelated LX Desk Arms in the SourceIT Catalogue\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-241-224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-matte-black-45-241-224\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, Matte Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-490-216\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-white-45-490-216\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm, White\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-295-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-lcd-arm-tall-pole-45-295-026\"\u003eLX Desk Monitor Arm, Tall Pole, Polished Aluminium\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-268-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-hd-wall-swing-arm-heavy-monitor-or-tv-mount-45-268-026\"\u003eLX HD Wall Swing Arm\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAccessories\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-289-026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-extension-45-289-026\"\u003eLX Extension — adds 9″ (23 cm) of reach\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-193-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-notebook-tray-50-193-200\"\u003eNotebook Tray for laptops\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eNote: the LX Extension Arm Kit (97-940-026 \/ 98-130-216) is not compatible with LX Sit-Stand arm systems.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-360\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm official product page (ergotron.com)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-lx_sitstanddmwm-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Monitor Arms datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed the datasheet emailed as a PDF for a tender or quotation? Contact SourceIT Pte Ltd at sales@sourceit.com.sg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat finishes does the LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm come in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT stocks the polished aluminium version, 45-360-026, which is the finish Ergotron publishes for this model. It pairs visually with the rest of the polished aluminium LX range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat monitor size and weight does it support?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDisplays up to 42″ weighing 7–25 lbs (3.2–11.3 kg), measured without the factory stand. Monitor depth can reduce the usable capacity, so deep-chassis screens should be checked against the datasheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this a single or dual monitor arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle. For two screens on one desk, use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-dual-desk-mount-side-by-side-arm-polished-aluminum-45-245-026\"\u003eLX Dual Desk Mount Side-by-Side Arm\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-hx-dual-monitor-desk-arm-polished-aluminum-45-476-026\"\u003eHX Dual Monitor Desk Arm\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it mount, and how thick can my desk be?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth a desk clamp and a grommet-mount base are supplied. The clamp fits desk edges up to 2.5″ (65 mm) thick; the grommet base fits holes 0.5″–2.5″ (7–65 mm) wide on surfaces up to 2.5″ (65 mm) thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a VESA adapter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for most displays — the arm covers MIS-D (75 x 75 and 100 x 100 mm), MIS-E (200 x 100 mm) and MIS-F (200 x 200 mm) natively. Screens using 400 x 200, 400 x 300 or 400 x 400 mm patterns need Ergotron's optional VESA adapter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it really give proper sit-stand working from an ordinary desk?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — 20″ (51 cm) of vertical travel is enough to move a screen between a seated and a standing eye line on a standard-height desk, which is why this arm is a common alternative to replacing desks with electric height-adjustable frames. Pair it with a keyboard solution so the hands rise with the eyes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow does it compare with the LX Desk Mount Monitor Arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-lx-desk-mount-monitor-arm-polished-aluminum-45-241-026\"\u003eLX Desk Mount Monitor Arm (45-241-026)\u003c\/a\u003e is the everyday full-motion arm; this sit-stand model trades a little compactness for far more travel — 20″ (51 cm) of lift and 33″ (84 cm) of reach against the standard LX arm's shorter range. Choose the sit-stand version when the screen must follow the user between sitting and standing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with a Singapore warranty?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Every Ergotron LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the LX Sit-Stand Desk Arm with a 10-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44355806986404,"sku":"45-360-026","price":480.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-360-026-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251148"},{"product_id":"ergotron-200-series-wall-mount-arm-2-extensions-45-234-200","title":"Ergotron 200 Series Wall Mount Arm 2 Extensions","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n.pd-acc { border: 1px solid #e2e2e2; border-radius: 8px; margin: 10px 0; overflow: hidden; }\n.pd-acc summary { cursor: pointer; padding: 14px 16px; font-weight: 700; font-size: 1.05em; list-style: none; display: flex; justify-content: space-between; align-items: center; background: #f7f7f7; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary { border-bottom: 1px solid #e2e2e2; }\n.pd-acc summary::-webkit-details-marker { display: none; }\n.pd-acc summary::after { content: \"+\"; font-size: 1.4em; font-weight: 400; line-height: 1; margin-left: 12px; }\n.pd-acc[open] \u003e summary::after { content: \"\\2212\"; }\n.pd-acc .pd-acc-body { padding: 8px 16px 14px; }\n.pd-spec, .pd-spec tr, .pd-spec td { border: none !important; background: transparent !important; }\n.pd-spec { width: 100%; border-collapse: collapse !important; margin: 6px 0 18px; }\n.pd-spec td { padding: 7px 10px 7px 0 !important; border-bottom: 1px solid #ececec !important; vertical-align: top; font-size: 0.95em; text-align: left; }\n.pd-spec td:first-child { width: 38%; font-weight: 600; color: #333; }\n.pd-spec tr:last-child td { border-bottom: none !important; }\n\u003c\/style\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eErgotron 200 Series Wall Mount Arm 2 Extensions (45-234-200) - 5 Years Local Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum 200 Series Reach — 23.8″ (60.5 cm)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Ergotron 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm with two extensions is the long-reach member of the family, extending a single display up to 23.8″ (60.5 cm) from the wall — roughly 60% further than the one-extension model — and retracting to the same tidy 5.8″ when folded flat. Where one screen must serve users standing in genuinely different places, that extra travel is what makes a single wall arm viable instead of two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e180° Tilt, 360° Pan and 90° Rotation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo extension segments combine with 180° of tilt, 360° of pan and 90° of rotation, so the display can be drawn out, swung across the room, angled to the viewer and flipped to portrait. This is the articulation set required in clinical rooms, collaborative spaces and presentation areas where one screen is repositioned many times a day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e25 lbs (11.3 kg) for Displays up to 27″\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDespite the longer reach, Ergotron rates the two-extension arm identically to the one-extension version: ≤ 25 lbs (11.3 kg) for displays up to 27″. You are not trading capacity for travel. Weigh your panel without its factory stand before ordering, particularly for touch or professional-grade displays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA MIS-D and Included Cable Management\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe arm mounts displays through the VESA MIS-D interface and includes cable management to route signal and power leads along both extension segments back to the wall plate — important on a long arm, where unmanaged cabling snags as the screen is moved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eErgotron 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions Datasheet — Technical Specifications\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eGeneral\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePart Number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-234-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNumber of Screens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne (1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour \/ Finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Ergotron)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocal Warranty (Singapore)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDisplay Compatibility\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 25 lbs (11.3 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Screen Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≤ 27″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVESA MIS-D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAdjustment \u0026amp; Motion\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRotation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90° (portrait \/ landscape)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtension \/ Reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 23.8″ (60.5 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetraction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetracts to 5.8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDesign \u0026amp; Durability\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable Management\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterlocking 200 Series telescoping construction, two extension segments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eCompatibility \u0026amp; Fit\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVESA:\u003c\/strong\u003e VESA MIS-D.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScreen fit:\u003c\/strong\u003e one display up to 27″ weighing no more than 25 lbs (11.3 kg) — the same rating as the one-extension model. Weigh the panel without its factory stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReach:\u003c\/strong\u003e extends up to 23.8″ (60.5 cm), retracts to 5.8″. The extra segment is worth specifying when the screen must reach across a bed, a counter or a table; if the display only ever serves one seat, the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-monitor-arm-1-extension45-233-200\"\u003e1-extension model (45-233-200)\u003c\/a\u003e is the tidier choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWall fixing — important on a long arm:\u003c\/strong\u003e a 27″ display at 23.8″ of extension applies substantial leverage to the wall plate. Fix into structural framing, concrete or masonry only; use an Ergotron steel stud wall mounting kit on stud-frame walls. Never fix a long-reach arm into unsupported plasterboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUltrawide and curved panels:\u003c\/strong\u003e curved 27″ panels within the weight limit are fine. Ultrawides exceed the envelope — specify an Ergotron LX or HX wall arm instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003ePackage Contents \u0026amp; 200 Series Ordering Information\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn the box\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e200 Series wall arm with two extensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall mount plate and fixings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVESA MIS-D monitor mount and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable management components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstallation guide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200 Series wall mounts available from SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-combo-arm-black-45-230-200\"\u003e200 Series Combo Arm (monitor + keyboard), Black\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-230-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-dual-monitor-arm-45-231-200\"\u003e200 Series Dual Monitor Arm (wall)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-231-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-monitor-arm-1-extension45-233-200\"\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 1 Extension\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-233-200\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions (this listing)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e45-234-200\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReach comparison — 200 Series wall arms\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Extension (45-233-200)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtends to 14.8″ (37.6 cm), retracts to 5.8″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Extensions (45-234-200) — this listing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtends to 23.8″ (60.5 cm), retracts to 5.8″\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRelated Ergotron wall \u0026amp; desk mounts at SourceIT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"pd-spec\"\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-100-series-double-pivot-47-093-800\"\u003e100 Series Double Pivot Single Monitor Mount\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47-093-800 — low-profile wall pivot, ≤ 23 lbs (10.4 kg)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-400-series-wall-monitor-arm-grey-45-007-099\"\u003e400 Series Wall Monitor Arm, Grey\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45-007-099 — 24″ (61 cm) of vertical travel for sit-stand wall use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eDatasheet \u0026amp; Downloads\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOfficial Ergotron documentation for this model. Links open in a new tab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.ergotron.com\/en-us\/products\/product-details\/45-234\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron product page — 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions (45-234)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/05-035-ea-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eOfficial Ergotron 200 Series wall mounts datasheet (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/media.ergotron.com\/reserved\/resources\/dim-035-orig.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eErgotron 200 Series dimensional drawings (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSourceIT Pte Ltd is a Singapore-based IT reseller. For a formal quotation, bulk pricing or a GST invoice, contact our sales team.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails class=\"pd-acc\"\u003e\u003csummary style=\"cursor: pointer; font-weight: 700;\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions — Ergotron 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"pd-acc-body\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow far does the 2-extension arm reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eUp to 23.8″ (60.5 cm) from the wall, retracting to 5.8″ when folded flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the longer reach reduce the weight capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Ergotron rates both the 1-extension and 2-extension arms at ≤ 25 lbs (11.3 kg) for displays up to 27″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich should I buy — 1 extension or 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChoose 2 extensions when the screen has to travel to users in different positions — across a bed, a counter or a meeting table. Choose the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-wall-monitor-arm-1-extension45-233-200\"\u003e1-extension model (45-233-200)\u003c\/a\u003e when the display serves a single fixed position; it is neater and reaches 14.8″ (37.6 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it hold two monitors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo — this is a single-display arm. Two screens on one wall plate calls for the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/ergotron-200-series-dual-monitor-arm-45-231-200\"\u003e200 Series Dual Monitor Arm (45-231-200)\u003c\/a\u003e, rated ≤ 13 lbs (5.9 kg) per mount for displays up to 22″.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of wall does a long-reach arm need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eStructural framing, concrete or masonry. At 23.8″ of extension the leverage on the wall plate is significant — unsupported plasterboard is not suitable. Use an Ergotron steel stud wall mounting kit on stud-frame walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it support portrait orientation and tilt?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes — 90° of rotation for portrait or landscape, 180° of tilt and 360° of pan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 200 Series come with a warranty in Singapore?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. Every Ergotron 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm, 2 Extensions sold by SourceIT comes with local Singapore warranty and a GST invoice; Ergotron backs the 200 Series Wall Monitor Arm with a 5-year manufacturer warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Ergotron","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44365557760164,"sku":"45-234-200","price":405.0,"currency_code":"SGD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/files\/45-234-200_-a1-orig.jpg?v=1790251161"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0605\/0136\/0804\/collections\/ergotron-991235.jpg?v=1660813473","url":"https:\/\/sourceit.com.sg\/collections\/ergotron.oembed?page=17","provider":"SourceIT ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}